WO2023241600A1 - Bandwidth adjustment method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Bandwidth adjustment method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023241600A1
WO2023241600A1 PCT/CN2023/100076 CN2023100076W WO2023241600A1 WO 2023241600 A1 WO2023241600 A1 WO 2023241600A1 CN 2023100076 W CN2023100076 W CN 2023100076W WO 2023241600 A1 WO2023241600 A1 WO 2023241600A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
bandwidth
load
management
nodes
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/100076
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘尚靖
林刚
王自强
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023241600A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023241600A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0896Bandwidth or capacity management, i.e. automatically increasing or decreasing capacities

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a bandwidth adjustment method and related devices.
  • the nodes included in the campus switching network can be divided according to their functions: edge nodes, such as base stations and other network equipment; aggregation nodes, such as switches or routers; management nodes, such as wireless autonomous driving engines (MBB automation engine, MAE) or Telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC), etc.
  • edge nodes such as base stations and other network equipment
  • aggregation nodes such as switches or routers
  • management nodes such as wireless autonomous driving engines (MBB automation engine, MAE) or Telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC), etc.
  • MBB automation engine MBB automation engine
  • TCC Telecom converged cloud
  • the edge node and the upstream convergence node of the edge node are taken as an example.
  • edge node 1 and edge node 2 are connected to convergence node 1, and convergence node 1 is responsible for data forwarding of edge node 1 and edge node 2.
  • the maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 1 is 25 gigabit per second (Gbps or G)
  • the maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 2 is 25G
  • the egress bandwidth of aggregation node 1 is 40G.
  • edge node 1 and edge node 2 When edge node 1 and edge node 2 send packets according to their maximum sending bandwidth, the aggregate traffic of edge node 1 and edge node 2 at convergence node 1 exceeds the egress bandwidth of convergence node 1, causing some packets to be lost and affecting service delays. and improve packet loss rate.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a bandwidth adjustment method, which method is applied to a first network.
  • the first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used for forwarding
  • the data of the edge node includes:
  • the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the aggregation nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the first network. ;
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node in the first network.
  • the upper-level node of the node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit this.
  • the edge node in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc.
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the edge node.
  • the edge node in the embodiment of the present application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing). device of.
  • Exemplary edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, Industrial control equipment, vehicle equipment or drone equipment, etc.
  • the management node when the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate.
  • the management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
  • the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
  • the management node determines the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, which belongs to the peer node, and the low-load node
  • the bandwidth load is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node; the management node reconfigures the configuration of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes.
  • Bandwidth, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than the configured bandwidth of the first node before reconfiguration.
  • the management node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers the first node to be a high-load node. In this embodiment of the present application, nodes whose bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold are classified as high-load nodes, and nodes whose bandwidth load is lower than the first threshold are classified as low-load nodes. The management node then searches for the existence of a low-load node among the first node's sibling nodes. In other words, the management node searches whether there is at least one node among peer nodes whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold. If it exists, the node whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold is classified as a low-load node.
  • the management node determines the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes among peer nodes.
  • the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes.
  • the management node allocates the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes to high-load nodes, so that the configured bandwidth of high-load nodes increases and the configured bandwidth of low-load nodes decreases. For example: when the low-load node includes node A and node B, the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is the sum of the remaining bandwidth of node A and the remaining bandwidth of node B.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node; the management node obtains all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node the required bandwidth, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the bandwidth load of the high-load nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold; the management node determines a first bandwidth ratio, and the first The bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node; the management node re-calculates the first bandwidth ratio and the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node.
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node.
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the first node and peer nodes, and then determines the The sum of the required bandwidths of high-load nodes, and the bandwidth load of high-load nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C.
  • node A is a high-load node
  • node B is a high-load node
  • node C is a low-load node.
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
  • first bandwidth ratio required bandwidth of node A/(required bandwidth of node A + required bandwidth of node B).
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Specifically, the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node is reduced, and part of the reduced bandwidth is allocated to the first node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the first node is increased.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration first bandwidth ratio * sum of remaining bandwidths of low-load nodes * adjustment step. Adjust the step to a decimal number less than 1 and greater than 0. By setting the adjustment step, you can prevent the configuration bandwidth of the remaining low-load nodes from being reduced too much, causing the low-load nodes to become high-load nodes under low business pressure, affecting the normal operation of the business.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node; when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the peer node is greater than or equal to When the first threshold is reached, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of each of the peer node and the first node and the remaining bandwidth of the second node; the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, so The second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the peer node and each of the first nodes; the management node calculates the second bandwidth ratio and The required bandwidth of the second node, reconfiguring the configured bandwidth of the first node, where the second node is the upper-level node of the first node, the configuration of the first node after reconfiguration The bandwidth is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node (that is, the peer node of the first node) and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the remaining bandwidth indicates that the current node has been allocated and unused. bandwidth.
  • the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, and the second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the second node, where the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node product of .
  • next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C, where node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a high-load node. .
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node is: the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is: node A's required bandwidth/(node A's required bandwidth+node B's required bandwidth+node C's required bandwidth).
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is: the remaining bandwidth of the second node * the required bandwidth of node A / (the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C).
  • the method before the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, the method further includes:
  • the management node obtains the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the second node is a superior level of the first node.
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth Indicate the allocated bandwidth requested by the node; the management node reconfigures the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. Configure bandwidth.
  • the management node determines each node in the first network and the connection relationship of each node according to the network topology information. Further, the management node determines the communication capability information of each node in the first network based on the network topology information.
  • the management node determines the connection relationship of each node in the first network and the communication capability information of each node in the first network through a bandwidth detection method (or an available bandwidth detection method).
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, where the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node.
  • Bandwidth the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  • the communication capability information of convergence node B includes: convergence node B's protection bandwidth: 5G; convergence node B's required bandwidth: 30G; convergence node B's maximum supported bandwidth: uplink 40G, downlink 40G.
  • the communication capability information may also include: the storage space size of the node, which is used to cache the data sent and received, the available storage space size of the node, or the available computing resources of the node, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the second node The configured bandwidth of the node;
  • the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the required bandwidth
  • the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the sum of the third bandwidth ratio
  • the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  • the required bandwidth of the first node is 10G
  • the required bandwidth of the peer node is 40G
  • the configured bandwidth of the second node is 20G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and Used by peer nodes.
  • the method further includes: the management node reconfiguring the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  • the management node sends second configuration information to the first node, and the second configuration information is used to reconfigure the protection bandwidth of the first node.
  • the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node. By configuring the protection bandwidth, the basic service capabilities of the first node are guaranteed.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: a protection bandwidth of the second node;
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  • the protection bandwidth of the first node is 5G
  • the protection bandwidth of the peer node is 10G
  • the configuration bandwidth of the second node is 9G. Since the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient protection bandwidth resources to provide to the first node. Used with peer nodes.
  • the method further includes: the management node configuring the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period to the first node, wherein the reporting period indicates the A period in which the first node reports a bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the management node sends third configuration information to the first node, and the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period.
  • the first threshold refers to the threshold of the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured node. For example: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the configured bandwidth of the first node is reconfigured.
  • the management node can set different first thresholds for nodes with different priorities.
  • a node with a higher priority may be a node with a higher SLA level or a node with higher requirements for service reliability.
  • the first threshold set for the node with a higher priority is lower. Nodes with higher priority can first trigger the reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth to improve service reliability.
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node. According to the reporting period, the first node periodically reports the bandwidth load of the first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth of the node to the configured bandwidth of the node. For example, the reporting period may be 15 seconds.
  • the reporting cycle can be configured according to the service level agreement (Service-level agreement, SLA) requirements of the business. For example, if the SLA level of service A is higher, the management node configures reporting period A for the nodes related to service A. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period A is shorter. If the SLA level of service B is lower, the management node configures a reporting period B for the nodes related to service B. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period B is longer.
  • SLA Service-level agreement
  • the management node may also configure a threshold that triggers reporting of bandwidth load to the first node. For example, the management node configures a second threshold to the first node. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the first node reports its own bandwidth load to the management node.
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the convergence node;
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  • the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
  • inventions of the present application propose a bandwidth adjustment method, which method is applied to a first network.
  • the first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used for forwarding
  • the data of the edge node includes:
  • the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node.
  • the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network or any of the edge nodes;
  • the first node When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the first node receives the first configuration information of the management node;
  • the first node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network
  • the upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit this.
  • the edge node in the embodiment of this application may be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc.
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the edge node.
  • the edge node in the embodiment of this application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) device of.
  • edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, industrial control devices, vehicle devices or drone devices, etc.
  • the management node when the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate.
  • the management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
  • the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
  • a possible implementation of the second aspect also includes:
  • the first node sends the communication capability information of the first node to the management node.
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum support of the node. Bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  • the method further includes: the first node receiving second configuration information from the management node; and the first node reconfiguring the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
  • the method further includes: the first node receiving third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: A first threshold, a bandwidth adjustment period and/or a reporting period, wherein the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates that the first node adjusts the bandwidth load of the first node. Describes the period for configuring bandwidth of the first node.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a management node.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to obtain the bandwidth load of a first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the first nodes included in the first network.
  • a processing module configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: when at least one node among the peer nodes When the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is determined.
  • the low-load node belongs to the peer node.
  • the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold.
  • the remaining bandwidth is Indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer nodes and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the processing module is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, where , the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
  • the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth sum of each node among the peer nodes and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes among the peers is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth of the second node;
  • the processing module is specifically configured for the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and the bandwidth of each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the bandwidth of the first node.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the transceiver module is also used to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio.
  • the product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information.
  • Information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node
  • the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  • the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a first node.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to report the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network. node or any of the edge nodes;
  • the transceiver module is also configured to: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the first node receives Receive the first configuration information of the management node;
  • a processing module configured to reconfigure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network
  • the upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to send communication capability information of the first node to the management node.
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum bandwidth of the node.
  • Support bandwidth wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive second configuration information from the management node; the first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, wherein, The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • inventions of the present application propose a communication device, which is used as a management node.
  • the communication device includes: a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions; and the processor is configured to perform any of the possible tasks in the first aspect. Method to realize.
  • an exemplary processor is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of the first node, the bandwidth load indicating the ratio of the currently used bandwidth and the configured bandwidth, and the first node is the first node. Any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the network;
  • the processor is also configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold.
  • the node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  • the processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
  • the processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, wherein Bandwidth load is greater than or equal to at the first threshold;
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, where the first bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
  • the processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the processor is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  • the processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein , the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
  • the processor is specifically configured to obtain the sum of required bandwidths of each of the peer nodes and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes among the peer nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth of the second node;
  • the processor is specifically configured for the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and the bandwidth of each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
  • the processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the bandwidth of the first node.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the processor is further configured to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, and the The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
  • the processor is further configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio.
  • the product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  • the processor is further configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  • the processor is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information.
  • Information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
  • the processor is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node
  • the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  • the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a first node.
  • the communication device includes: a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions; the processor is configured to execute any of the possibilities in the second aspect. way of implementation.
  • the processor is configured to report the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth to the configured bandwidth, and the first node Be any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the first network;
  • a processor further configured to: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the first node receives the first configuration information of the management node;
  • a processor configured to reconfigure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network
  • the upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the processor is further configured to send communication capability information of the first node to the management node, where the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum bandwidth of the node.
  • the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated. Width.
  • the processor is further configured to receive second configuration information from the management node; the first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
  • the processor is further configured to receive third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, wherein, The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • a seventh aspect of this application provides a communication device, including: a communication interface;
  • a communication system in an eighth aspect, includes a communication device as in the third aspect.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the communication devices of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
  • a tenth aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile; computer readable instructions are stored in the computer storage medium, and when the computer readable instructions are executed by a processor, the first aspect is realized Or any method in the second aspect.
  • An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method in any implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and an interface circuit, and is used to support network equipment to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, sending or processing data involved in the above methods and/or or information.
  • the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including: the communication device includes:
  • a processor when the processor executes the instructions, causes the communication device to execute the method of any one of the foregoing first and/or second aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the first network in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the naming or numbering of steps in this application does not mean that the steps in the method flow must be executed in the time/logical sequence indicated by the naming or numbering.
  • the process steps that have been named or numbered can be implemented according to the purpose to be achieved. The order of execution can be changed for technical purposes, as long as the same or similar technical effect can be achieved.
  • the division of units presented in this application is a logical division. In actual applications, there may be other divisions. For example, multiple units may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored. , or not executed.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between the units shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection between units may be electrical or other similar forms. There are no restrictions in the application.
  • the units or subunits described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, may or may not be physical units, or may be distributed into multiple circuit units, and some or all of them may be selected according to actual needs. unit to achieve the purpose of this application plan.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario related to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1 includes: servers, primary aggregation nodes, secondary aggregation nodes and edge nodes.
  • the server provides network services to edge nodes through multi-level aggregation nodes (including but not limited to first-level aggregation nodes and second-level aggregation nodes).
  • the server may be a server or server cluster that provides communication services (such as cloud services).
  • the server is integrated with a management node, such as a wireless autonomous driving engine (MBB automation engine, MAE) or a telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC).
  • a management node such as a wireless autonomous driving engine (MBB automation engine, MAE) or a telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC).
  • MBB automation engine MBB automation engine
  • telco converged cloud TCC
  • the management node is used to manage the edge nodes and convergence nodes in Figure 1
  • the convergence node is used to forward the service data of the edge nodes.
  • the convergence node can be divided into multi-level convergence nodes according to its relative position to the server, such as a first-level convergence node, a second-level convergence node or a third-level convergence node (not shown in the figure), etc. .
  • the upstream of the first-level aggregation node is directly connected to the server, and the downstream of the first-level aggregation node is connected to other aggregation nodes or edge nodes. Therefore, the first-level sink node can be regarded as the root node of the second-level sink node connected to the first-level sink node.
  • the primary aggregation node serves as a relay node between the server and the secondary aggregation node (or edge node).
  • the upstream of the secondary convergence node is connected to the primary convergence node, and the downstream of the secondary node is connected to edge nodes or other convergence nodes.
  • Node e.g. three-level convergence node connection.
  • the secondary convergence node serves as the relay node between the primary convergence node and the edge node (or the third-level convergence node).
  • the upstream of the third-level convergence node is connected to the second-level convergence node, and the downstream of the third-level convergence node is connected to the edge node or other convergence nodes (such as the fourth-level convergence node).
  • the third-level convergence node serves as the relay node between the second-level convergence node and the edge node (or the fourth-level convergence node). It can be understood that the communication scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include more levels of convergence nodes, which will not be described again here.
  • the edge node can be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc.
  • CPE customer premise equipment
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the edge node.
  • the edge node in the embodiment of this application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) device of.
  • edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, industrial control devices, vehicle devices or drone devices, etc.
  • the network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may be a device in a radio access network (RAN) that provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment, which is called a RAN equipment.
  • the RAN equipment can be a base station (base station), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, a 3GPP subsequently evolved base station, a transmitting and receiving point ( transmission reception point (TRP), access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. in WiFi system.
  • base station base station
  • eNodeB evolved NodeB
  • gNB next generation base station
  • TRP transmitting and receiving point
  • access node wireless relay node
  • wireless backhaul node etc.
  • WiFi wireless access network
  • RAT radio access technologies
  • the LTE system may be called eNB or eNodeB
  • the fifth generation mobile communication (fifth generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) system may be called gNB.
  • the RAN device may contain one or more co-located or non-co-located transmitting and receiving points.
  • the RAN equipment may include one or more centralized units (CU), one or more distributed units (DU), or one or more CUs and one or more DUs.
  • These network function entities can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may also be called user equipment (UE), including but not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things equipment, smart home equipment, industrial control equipment, vehicle equipment, and drone equipment. etc.
  • the terminal device is a variety of terminal devices or devices with line communication functions, such as: mobile phones (or "cellular" phones) and computers with mobile terminals. They can also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld A mobile device built into a computer or vehicle that exchanges voice and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • Terminal equipment may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, Remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent, user device, or user equipment.
  • vehicles, vehicle-mounted equipment, vehicle-mounted modules or units, aircraft including but not limited to drones
  • airborne equipment, airborne modules or units Drive test infrastructure equipment, handheld devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, such as vehicle user equipment (VUE) or air conditioning user equipment, etc.
  • VUE vehicle user equipment
  • air conditioning user equipment etc.
  • CPE includes but is not limited to: optical network terminal (optical network terminal, ONT), digital subscriber line modem (digital subscriber line modem, DSL Modem), router, network switch, residential gateway, set-top box, fixed mobile convergence Products, home network adapters or Internet access gateways and other devices, CPE can enable users to obtain corresponding services through nearby local area networks (LAN).
  • ONT optical network terminal
  • DSL Modem digital subscriber line modem
  • router network switch
  • residential gateway residential gateway
  • set-top box residential gateway
  • fixed mobile convergence Products home network adapters or Internet access gateways and other devices
  • CPE can enable users to obtain corresponding services through nearby local area networks (LAN).
  • LAN local area networks
  • the aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit this.
  • the communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1 may be a campus network.
  • a campus network is an internal network of an enterprise or institution, such as an enterprise campus network, a campus network, a government park network, a park network, or a business park network, etc.
  • the sum of the port bandwidths of downstream nodes is greater than the bandwidth of upstream nodes.
  • edge node 1 and edge node 2 are connected to aggregation node 1.
  • Aggregation node 1 is responsible for data forwarding of edge node 1 and edge node 2.
  • Edge node 1 The maximum sending bandwidth is 25 gigabit per second (Gbps or G), the maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 2 is 25G, and the egress bandwidth of aggregation node 1 is 40G.
  • edge node 1 and edge node 2 When edge node 1 and edge node 2 send packets according to their maximum sending bandwidth, the aggregate traffic of edge node 1 and edge node 2 at convergence node 1 exceeds the egress bandwidth of convergence node 1, causing some packets to be lost and affecting service delays. and improve packet loss rate.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the upper-level node of the edge node is a convergence node, and the convergence node is connected to the edge node through an uplink port.
  • the uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is 25G (Gigabit) bits/second (G bits/second is referred to as G), and the uplink port capability of the aggregation node is 20G. Since the uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is greater than the uplink port capacity of the convergence node, when the edge node sends service data to the convergence node according to the maximum uplink transmission bandwidth, packet loss occurs when the service data is transmitted to the convergence node, causing the edge node to Upstream congestion.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the downstream of the sink node is connected to the two edge nodes.
  • the uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is 25G
  • the uplink port capability of the convergence node is 25G. Therefore, congestion will not occur in the transmission path from the edge node to the convergence node. Since the sum of the uplink port capabilities of the aggregation node is 50G, which is greater than the egress capability of the aggregation node, 40G, this causes congestion at the egress of the aggregation node.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the downstream of the primary convergence node is connected to two secondary convergence nodes.
  • the uplink transmission bandwidth of the second-level aggregation node is 40G
  • the uplink port capability of the first-level aggregation node is 40G. Therefore, congestion will not occur in the transmission path from the second-level aggregation node to the first-level aggregation node. Since the sum of the uplink port capabilities of the second-level aggregation node is 80G, which is greater than the egress capability of the first-level aggregation node, 60G, this causes congestion at the egress of the first-level aggregation node.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the downstream of the sink node is connected to two edge nodes (edge node 1 and edge node 2 in Figure 5). on this edge node
  • the line transmission bandwidth is 25G
  • the uplink port capability of the aggregation node is 20G.
  • the downlink service data from the upstream of the aggregation node (such as a server or core network) and the backhaul service data of edge node 1 need to be sent to edge node 2 through the uplink port of the aggregation node.
  • the sum of the traffic of downlink service data and the traffic of backhaul service data is greater than the egress capability of the aggregation node, causing congestion.
  • this application proposes a bandwidth adjustment method, which is applied to a first network.
  • the first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, where the convergence node is used to forward data of the edge node.
  • the method includes : The management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the aggregation nodes or any one of the edges included in the first network.
  • the management node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the peer node in the first network
  • the upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node.
  • the management node When the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate.
  • the management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
  • the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
  • the bandwidth adjustment method proposed by the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the management node negotiates the protection bandwidth and required bandwidth for the node.
  • the management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of the node.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a bandwidth adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of this application includes:
  • Steps 601a to 601c are for the management node to obtain the communication capability information of each node (including the first node, the second node and the peer node) in the first network.
  • the first node is any node in the first network.
  • the first node can be any convergence node or any edge node.
  • Other nodes associated with the first node include: a second node and a peer node, wherein the superior node of the peer node in the first network is the same as the superior node of the first node, and the second The node is the upper-level node of the first node. In other words, the node at the upper level of the first node and the sibling node is the second node.
  • the first network includes: a server, aggregation nodes A to aggregation nodes E, and edge nodes A to edge nodes H.
  • convergence node A and convergence node E are first-level convergence nodes
  • convergence node B, convergence node C, and convergence node D are second-level convergence nodes.
  • the first node is edge node E
  • the second node is convergence node D (that is, the upper level node of edge node E point)
  • peer nodes include: edge node F and edge node G.
  • the second node is convergence node A (that is, the superior node of convergence node B).
  • the peer nodes include convergence node C and convergence node D.
  • the management node determines each node in the first network and the connection relationship of each node according to the network topology information. Further, the management node determines the communication capability information of each node in the first network based on the network topology information.
  • the management node determines the connection relationship of each node in the first network and the communication capability information of each node in the first network through a bandwidth detection method (or an available bandwidth detection method).
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, where the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node.
  • Bandwidth the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  • the communication capability information of convergence node B includes: convergence node B's protection bandwidth: 5G; convergence node B's required bandwidth: 30G; convergence node B's maximum supported bandwidth: uplink 40G, downlink 40G.
  • the communication capability information may also include: the storage space size of the node, which is used to cache the data sent and received, the available storage space size of the node, or the available computing resources of the node, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the management node can perform management, operation and maintenance or policy control on the aggregation node and/or edge node in the first network.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific functions of the management node.
  • the management node may be an independently deployed node in the first network, such as a network controller, a wireless automatic driving engine (MBB automation engine, MAE) or a telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC), etc.; the management node may also be a deployed ( or integrated) aggregation node, edge node or server in the first network, for example: a certain aggregation node in the first network performs the function of the management node, or a certain edge node in the first network performs the management The function of the node, or any one or more nodes in the first network collaboratively process and execute the function of the management node. For example, multiple nodes in the first network negotiate and recommend one or more nodes for performing related functions of the management node.
  • MBB automation engine MBB automation engine
  • TCC telecom converged cloud
  • each node ie, edge node or aggregation node
  • the configuration bandwidth is usually configured according to the required bandwidth of the node. Therefore, the configuration bandwidth can also be is called the actual configured bandwidth.
  • the management node determines whether the configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth of the first node are needed based on the communication capability information of multiple nodes. Reconfigure, please refer to steps 602 to 603 for details.
  • the management node determines the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node, and the configured bandwidth of the second node based on the communication capability information of the multiple nodes. Then, the configured bandwidth of the first node is determined based on the required bandwidth of the next-level node (ie, the first node and the peer node) and the configured bandwidth of the upper-level node (the second node).
  • the required bandwidth of each convergence node in the first network is determined by the sum of the required bandwidths of the next-level nodes of the convergence node.
  • the required bandwidth of convergence node A is determined by the sum of the required bandwidth of convergence node B, the required bandwidth of convergence node C, and the required bandwidth of convergence node D.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node required bandwidth.
  • the required bandwidth of the first node is 5G
  • the required bandwidth of the peer node is 5G
  • the configured bandwidth of the second node is 10G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node has sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and peers. level node is used. Then the configured bandwidth of the first node determined by the management node is 5G. The configured bandwidth of the peer node determined by the management node is 5G.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, configure the configuration according to the third bandwidth ratio and the configured bandwidth of the second node.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node wherein the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node, so The configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the product of the third bandwidth ratio and the configured bandwidth of the second node.
  • the required bandwidth of the first node is 10G
  • the required bandwidth of the peer node is 40G
  • the configured bandwidth of the second node is 20G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and Used by peer nodes.
  • the configured bandwidth of the second node may be determined by the management node based on the configured bandwidth of the upper-level node of the second node, the required bandwidth of the second node, and the required bandwidth of the peer node of the second node.
  • the specific method of determining the configured bandwidth of the second node is similar to the method of determining the configured bandwidth of the first node, and will not be described again here.
  • the configuration bandwidth of the first node may be determined in the manner of step 602 to avoid reconfiguring the configuration bandwidth.
  • the management node may configure the configuration bandwidth of each node step by step starting from the edge node of the first network and from bottom to top (that is, from the edge node to the first-level aggregation node) in the manner of step 602.
  • the management node determines the protection bandwidth of the first node, the protection bandwidth of the peer node, and the protection bandwidth of the second node based on the communication capability information of the multiple nodes. Then, based on the protection bandwidth of the next-level node (ie, the first node and the peer node) and the protection bandwidth of the upper-level node (the second node), it is determined whether the protection bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured.
  • the configured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the protection bandwidth of the first node.
  • Protect bandwidth In other words, the protection bandwidth of the first node is not reconfigured.
  • the third bandwidth is reconfigured according to a fourth bandwidth ratio and the protection bandwidth of the second node.
  • the protection bandwidth of a node wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the first node and the same
  • the ratio of the sum of the protection bandwidths of the level nodes, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the product of the fourth bandwidth ratio and the protection bandwidth of the second node.
  • the protection bandwidth of the first node is 5G
  • the protection bandwidth of the peer node is 10G
  • the configuration bandwidth of the second node is 9G. Since the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient protection bandwidth resources to provide to the first node. Used with peer nodes.
  • the management node can configure each node step by step from the entry node of the first network (such as the first-level aggregation node or server) in the manner of step 603 from top to bottom (that is, from the first-level aggregation node to the edge node). protection bandwidth.
  • the entry node of the first network such as the first-level aggregation node or server
  • the manner of step 603 from top to bottom that is, from the first-level aggregation node to the edge node. protection bandwidth.
  • the management node can reconfigure the configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth of nodes at all levels in the first network to avoid loss of nodes at all levels caused by conflicts between configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth. Packets or congestion. Improve communication quality and link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a bandwidth adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of this application includes:
  • the management node configures the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node.
  • Step 701 is an optional step.
  • the first node may pre-configure one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period.
  • the first threshold refers to the threshold of the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured node. For example: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the configured bandwidth of the first node is reconfigured.
  • the management node can set different first thresholds for nodes with different priorities.
  • a node with a higher priority may be a node with a higher SLA level or a node with higher requirements for service reliability.
  • the first threshold set for the node with a higher priority is lower. Nodes with higher priority can first trigger the reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth to improve service reliability.
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node. According to the reporting period, the first node periodically reports the bandwidth load of the first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth of the node to the configured bandwidth of the node. For example, the reporting period may be 15 seconds.
  • the reporting cycle can be configured according to the service level agreement (Service-level agreement, SLA) requirements of the business. For example, if the SLA level of service A is higher, the management node configures reporting period A for the nodes related to service A. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period A is shorter. If the SLA level of service B is lower, the management node configures a reporting period B for the nodes related to service B. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period B is longer.
  • SLA Service-level agreement
  • the management node may also configure a threshold that triggers reporting of bandwidth load to the first node. For example, the management node configures a second threshold to the first node. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold, The first node reports its own bandwidth load to the management node.
  • the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node.
  • the management node receives the bandwidth load of the first node actively reported by the first node.
  • the management node actively obtains the bandwidth load of the first node.
  • the management node obtains the bandwidth load of each edge node in the first network.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node.
  • the management node determines whether the configured bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured based on the bandwidth load of the first node. Specifically, when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node determines, according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node (the peer node refers to the peer node of the first node), Reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node. For example: the management node sends configuration information to the first node, and the first node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the configuration information.
  • AA when the sibling nodes include low-load nodes
  • BB when the sibling nodes do not include low-load nodes, in other words, the sibling nodes are all Highly loaded nodes.
  • peer nodes when peer nodes include low-load nodes.
  • the management node When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers the first node to be a high-load node. In this embodiment of the present application, nodes whose bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold are classified as high-load nodes, and nodes whose bandwidth load is lower than the first threshold are classified as low-load nodes. The management node then searches for the existence of a low-load node among the first node's sibling nodes. In other words, the management node searches whether there is at least one node among peer nodes whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold. If it exists, the node whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold is classified as a low-load node.
  • the management node determines the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes among peer nodes.
  • the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes.
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the low-load node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the management node allocates the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node to the high-load node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the high-load node increases and the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node decreases. For example: when the low-load node includes node A and node B, the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is the sum of the remaining bandwidth of node A and the remaining bandwidth of node B.
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node.
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the first node and the peer node, and then determines the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node.
  • the bandwidth load of the high-load node is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C.
  • node A is a high-load node
  • node B is a high-load node
  • node C is a low-load node.
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
  • first bandwidth ratio required bandwidth of node A/(required bandwidth of node A + required bandwidth of node B).
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Specifically, the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node is reduced, and part of the reduced bandwidth is allocated to the first node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the first node is increased.
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration first bandwidth ratio * sum of remaining bandwidths of low-load nodes * adjustment step. Adjust the step to a decimal number less than 1 and greater than 0. By setting the adjustment step, you can prevent the configuration bandwidth of the remaining low-load nodes from being reduced too much, causing the low-load nodes to become high-load nodes under low business pressure, affecting the normal operation of the business.
  • the remaining bandwidth of a node can be the minimum of the following two values: 1. The configured bandwidth of the node minus the bandwidth load of the node; 2. The configured bandwidth of the node minus the protection bandwidth of the node.
  • the management node When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the bandwidth load of all nodes among the first node's sibling nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers that the first node and its sibling nodes are equal. For high load nodes. In order to achieve load balancing between the first node and the peer nodes, the management node triggers the reallocation of the configured bandwidth of the first node and peer nodes, as follows:
  • the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node (that is, the peer node of the first node), and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node.
  • the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, and the second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the second node, where the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node product of .
  • next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C, where node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a high-load node. .
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
  • the sum of the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node is: the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is: node A's required bandwidth/(node A's required bandwidth+node B's required bandwidth+node C's required bandwidth).
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is: the remaining bandwidth of the second node * the required bandwidth of node A / (the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C).
  • the first threshold is consistent with the second threshold in step 701.
  • the first node detects its own bandwidth load.
  • the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold (that is, the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold)
  • the first node reports to the management Node reports its own bandwidth load.
  • the management node triggers reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the lower-level node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth in the following method.
  • the configuration bandwidth is reallocated from the first node to the edge node. For example: Take Figure 8 as an example, when the first node is the convergence node B. After convergence node B completes the reconfiguration of the configuration bandwidth, the next-level nodes of convergence node B: edge node A and edge node B reconfigure the configuration bandwidth according to their respective required bandwidths.
  • the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured edge node A the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured aggregation node B * the required bandwidth of edge node A / (the required bandwidth of edge node A + the required bandwidth of edge node B);
  • the reconfigured edge node B Configuration bandwidth configured bandwidth of reconfigured aggregation node B * required bandwidth of edge node B / (required bandwidth of edge node A + required bandwidth of edge node B).
  • the management node dynamically adjusts the configuration bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic, improve link utilization, optimize network quality, and reduce packet loss rate and time delay. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
  • the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may include:
  • the communication device includes at least one processor 901, a communication line 907, a memory 903 and at least one communication interface 904.
  • the processor 901 can be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (server IC), or one or more programs for controlling the solution of this application. implemented integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • microprocessor microprocessor
  • server IC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 907 may include a path that carries information between the above-mentioned components.
  • the communication interface 904 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet.
  • the memory 903 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through a communication line 907. Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 903 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 901 for execution.
  • the processor 901 is configured to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 903, thereby implementing the communication method based on the application layer service optimization ALTO protocol provided by the above embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device may include multiple processors, such as the processor 901 and the processor 902 in FIG. 9 .
  • processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • a processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication device may also include an output device 905 and an input device 906.
  • the output device 905 communicates with the processor 901 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 906 communicates with the processor 901 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 906 may be a mouse, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
  • the processor 902 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 902 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor.
  • Application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • graphics processor graphics processing unit, GPU
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the communication device 900 .
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 902 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 902 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 902 . If the processor 902 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 902 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 902 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I1C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I1S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I1C integrated circuit
  • I1S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation on the communication device 900 .
  • the communication device 900 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the wireless communication function of the communication device 900 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module, the wireless communication module, the modem processor and the baseband processor, etc.
  • the communication device 900 can use wireless communication functions to communicate with other devices.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in communication device 900 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • the antenna can be 1 is multiplexed as a diversity antenna for wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
  • the mobile communication module can provide wireless communication solutions including 1G/3G/4G/5G applied on the communication device 900 .
  • the mobile communication module may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc.
  • the mobile communication module can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module may be provided in the processor 902.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 902 .
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speakers, receivers, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen.
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 902 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module or other functional modules.
  • the communication device 900 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen, an application processor, and the like.
  • GPU is an image processing microprocessor that connects the display and application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 902 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • the external memory interface can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the communication device 900.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 902 through the external memory interface to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
  • Internal memory may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 902 executes instructions stored in the internal memory to execute various functional applications and data processing of the communication device 900 .
  • Internal memory may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.).
  • the storage data area may store data created during use of the communication device 900 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • the internal memory may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
  • the above-mentioned communication device may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
  • the communication device may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a device with a similar structure as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the type of communication device.
  • the communication device can be either a cloud server or a terminal device, and is not limited here.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the communication device 900 .
  • the communication device 900 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently.
  • the components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • Embodiments of the present application can perform operations on the communication device (including the management node or the first node) according to the above method examples.
  • the division of functional modules for example, can be divided into functional modules corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 is used as a management node, and the communication device 1000 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1001 is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of a first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth.
  • the first node is any one of the convergence nodes or any one included in the first network.
  • the processing module 1002 is configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold.
  • the load node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  • the transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
  • the transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio and the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the processing module 1002 is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
  • the transceiver module 1001 is specifically used when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the same level node is greater than or equal to the At the first threshold, obtain the required bandwidth of each of the peer node and the first node and the remaining bandwidth of the second node;
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically used by the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and each node among the peer node and the first node.
  • the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the first node
  • the upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the transceiver module 1001 is also used to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, so The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
  • the transceiver module 1001 is also configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio.
  • the product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  • the transceiver module 1001 is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  • the processing module 1002 is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information.
  • capability information The network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
  • the transceiver module 1001 is also configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node
  • the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  • the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions, and the processor is configured to execute any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1100 is used as a management node.
  • the communication device 1100 includes: a memory 1101 and a processor 1102, where the memory includes instructions; and the processor is configured to execute any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1102 is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of the first node, the bandwidth load indicating the ratio of the currently used bandwidth and the configured bandwidth, and the first node is the first node. Any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in a network;
  • the processor 1102 is also configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold.
  • the load node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
  • the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, where the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, wherein the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to perform the processing according to the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. and, reconfiguring the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the processor 1102 is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the peer node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. and the remaining bandwidth of the second node;
  • the processor 1102 is specifically used by the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio.
  • the second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and each node among the peer node and the first node.
  • the processor 1102 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the first node
  • the upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  • the processor 1102 is also configured to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, so The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
  • the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
  • the processor 1102 is further configured to configure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node
  • the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio.
  • the product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  • the processor 1102 is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  • the communication capability information of the second node includes: protection of the second node bandwidth;
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth
  • the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  • the processor 1102 is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information. Capability information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
  • the processor 1102 is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
  • the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node
  • the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node
  • the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  • the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
  • the communication devices mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be, for example, network equipment such as switches and routers, or may be part of the components on the network equipment, such as single boards or line cards on the network equipment. They may also be It is a functional module on the network device, and may also be a chip used to implement the method of the present application, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver module used to implement the method may be, for example, an interface circuit of the chip, and the processing module may be a processing circuit with a processing function in the chip.
  • the communication devices may be directly connected through, but not limited to, Ethernet cables or optical cables.
  • the above communication device may be implemented as a virtualization device.
  • the virtualization device may be a virtual machine (VM), a virtual router or a virtual switch running a program for sending packets.
  • Virtualization appliances are deployed on hardware devices (e.g., physical servers).
  • management nodes can be implemented based on general-purpose physical servers combined with network functions virtualization (NFV) technology.
  • NFV network functions virtualization
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which includes: a communication interface; and a processor connected to the communication interface, based on the communication interface and the processor.
  • the communication device is used to manage a node, so that the communication device executes the method in the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 6 to 8 .
  • the communication device is used in the first node, so that the communication device performs the method in the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 6 to 8 .
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the management node in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication system is used to perform any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the management node and the first node in the previous embodiment.
  • the communication system is used to perform any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the implementation methods shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the chip executes any one of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments. Way.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to call and run a computer program, so that the chip executes any of the implementation methods shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units. , that is, it can be located in one place, or it can be distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the connection relationship between modules indicates that there are communication connections between them, which can be specifically implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines.
  • the present application can be implemented by software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by dedicated hardware including dedicated integrated circuits, dedicated CPUs, dedicated memories, Special components, etc. to achieve. In general, all functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with corresponding hardware. Moreover, the specific hardware structures used to implement the same function can also be diverse, such as analog circuits, digital circuits or special-purpose circuits. circuit etc. However, for this application, software program implementation is a better implementation in most cases. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology.
  • the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk. , U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to cause a computer device to execute the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • a readable storage medium such as a computer floppy disk. , U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to cause a computer device to execute the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, network device, computing device, or data center To another website, Computer, network device, computing equipment or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can store, or a data storage device such as a network device or a data center integrated with one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (Solid State Disk, SSD)), etc.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate.
  • a component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • Integrated units may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer device which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are a bandwidth adjustment method and a related apparatus. The method is applied to a first network, wherein the first network comprises: at least one aggregation node and at least one edge node. The method comprises: a management node acquiring the bandwidth load of a first node, wherein the first node is a node in a first network; and when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the management node re-configuring a configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of a sibling node, wherein in the first network, an upper-level node of the sibling node and an upper-level node of the first node are both a second node. By means of the method, message loss caused by a relatively high bandwidth load of a first node is prevented, and a service time delay and a packet loss rate are reduced. By means of dynamically adjusting a configuration bandwidth of each node in a first network, the probability of a packet loss of an edge node that is caused by a burst service is reduced, and a link utilization rate is improved. The requirements for a cache space of an aggregation node are reduced.

Description

一种带宽调整方法以及相关装置Bandwidth adjustment method and related device
本申请要求于2022年06月16日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为CN202210681426.2、发明名称为“一种带宽调整方法以及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office of China on June 16, 2022, with the application number CN202210681426.2 and the invention title "A bandwidth adjustment method and related devices", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. incorporated in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种带宽调整方法以及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a bandwidth adjustment method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
园区交换网络所包括的节点,按照功能进行划分可以分为:边缘节点,例如基站等网络设备;汇聚节点,例如交换机或者路由器等;管理节点,例如无线自动驾驶引擎(MBB automation engine,MAE)或者电信融合云(telco converged cloud,TCC)等。其中,汇聚节点用于转发边缘节点的业务数据,管理节点用于管理上述边缘节点和汇聚节点。The nodes included in the campus switching network can be divided according to their functions: edge nodes, such as base stations and other network equipment; aggregation nodes, such as switches or routers; management nodes, such as wireless autonomous driving engines (MBB automation engine, MAE) or Telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC), etc. Among them, the aggregation node is used to forward the service data of the edge node, and the management node is used to manage the above-mentioned edge nodes and aggregation nodes.
由于突发业务或者网络规划的问题,往往会出现以下场景:下游节点的端口带宽之和大于上游节点的带宽。为了便于理解,以边缘节点和该边缘节点的上游汇聚节点为例进行说明,例如:边缘节点1和边缘节点2与汇聚节点1连接,汇聚节点1负责边缘节点1和边缘节点2的数据转发,边缘节点1的最大发送带宽为25吉比特每秒(gigabit per second,Gbps或者G),边缘节点2的最大发送带宽为25G,汇聚节点1的出口带宽为40G。当边缘节点1和边缘节点2按照自身最大发送带宽发送报文时,边缘节点1和边缘节点2在汇聚节点1的汇聚流量超过汇聚节点1的出口带宽,造成部分报文丢失,影响业务时延和提升丢包率。Due to unexpected business or network planning issues, the following scenario often occurs: the sum of the port bandwidths of downstream nodes is greater than the bandwidth of upstream nodes. For ease of understanding, the edge node and the upstream convergence node of the edge node are taken as an example. For example, edge node 1 and edge node 2 are connected to convergence node 1, and convergence node 1 is responsible for data forwarding of edge node 1 and edge node 2. The maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 1 is 25 gigabit per second (Gbps or G), the maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 2 is 25G, and the egress bandwidth of aggregation node 1 is 40G. When edge node 1 and edge node 2 send packets according to their maximum sending bandwidth, the aggregate traffic of edge node 1 and edge node 2 at convergence node 1 exceeds the egress bandwidth of convergence node 1, causing some packets to be lost and affecting service delays. and improve packet loss rate.
发明内容Contents of the invention
第一方面,本申请实施例提出一种带宽调整方法,所述方法应用于第一网络,所述第一网络包括:至少一个汇聚节点和至少一个边缘节点,其中,所述汇聚节点用于转发所述边缘节点的数据,包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application proposes a bandwidth adjustment method, which method is applied to a first network. The first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used for forwarding The data of the edge node includes:
管理节点获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the first network. ; When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node in the first network. The upper-level node of the node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
本申请实施例中的汇聚节点,可以为路由器、交换机或网关等物理设备,也可以是支持路由发布和报文转发的虚拟设备等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding. The embodiment of this application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的边缘节点可以是终端设备、也可以是网络设备、还可以是客户终端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)等,本申请实施例对边缘节点不作限制。例如:本申请实施例中的边缘节点,还可以是边缘计算设备,其中,边缘计算设备指的是用于执行多接入边缘计算(Multi-access Edge Computing)或移动边缘计算(mobile edge computing)的设备。示例性的,边缘计算设备,包括但不限于:手机、物联网设备、智能家居设备、 工业控制设备、车辆设备或无人机设备等等。The edge node in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the edge node. For example: the edge node in the embodiment of the present application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing). device of. Exemplary edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, Industrial control equipment, vehicle equipment or drone equipment, etc.
本申请实施例中,当第一节点的带宽负载较高时,管理节点根据第一节点的带宽负载和同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。避免第一节点因为带宽负载较高而造成报文丢失,降低业务时延和降低丢包率。管理节点通过动态调整第一网络中各个节点的配置带宽,降低边缘节点因为突发业务导致发生丢包的概率,提升链路利用率。减少对汇聚节点的缓存空间要求。此外,还可以优化第一网络中各个汇聚节点的负载,实现负载均衡。In the embodiment of this application, when the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate. The management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes. In addition, the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点根据所述同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,所述管理节点确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。When the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold, the management node determines the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, which belongs to the peer node, and the low-load node The bandwidth load is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node; the management node reconfigures the configuration of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes. Bandwidth, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than the configured bandwidth of the first node before reconfiguration.
具体的,当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限时,管理节点认为第一节点为高负载节点。本申请实施例中,将带宽负载大于或等于第一门限的节点归类为高负载节点,将带宽负载低于第一门限的节点归类为低负载节点。然后,管理节点在第一节点的同级节点中查找是否存在低负载节点。换言之,管理节点查找同级节点中是否存在至少一个节点的带宽负载小于第一门限。若存在,则将带宽负载小于第一门限的节点归类为低负载节点。管理节点确定同级节点中低负载节点的剩余带宽,剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽。然后,管理节点根据低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。管理节点将低负载节点的剩余带宽,分配给高负载节点,使得高负载节点的配置带宽增加,低负载节点的配置带宽减少。例如:当低负载节点包括节点A和节点B,则低负载节点的剩余带宽之和为节点A的剩余带宽和节点B的剩余带宽之和。Specifically, when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers the first node to be a high-load node. In this embodiment of the present application, nodes whose bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold are classified as high-load nodes, and nodes whose bandwidth load is lower than the first threshold are classified as low-load nodes. The management node then searches for the existence of a low-load node among the first node's sibling nodes. In other words, the management node searches whether there is at least one node among peer nodes whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold. If it exists, the node whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold is classified as a low-load node. The management node determines the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes among peer nodes. The remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes. The management node allocates the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes to high-load nodes, so that the configured bandwidth of high-load nodes increases and the configured bandwidth of low-load nodes decreases. For example: when the low-load node includes node A and node B, the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is the sum of the remaining bandwidth of node A and the remaining bandwidth of node B.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;所述管理节点获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;所述管理节点确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node; the management node obtains all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node the required bandwidth, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the bandwidth load of the high-load nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold; the management node determines a first bandwidth ratio, and the first The bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node; the management node re-calculates the first bandwidth ratio and the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node.
具体如下:管理节点获取第一节点的需求带宽,该需求带宽指示节点请求管理节点分配的带宽。The details are as follows: the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node.
其次,管理节点获取第一节点和同级节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,然后确定该 高负载节点的需求带宽之和,高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限。例如:第二节点的下一级节点包括:第一节点(节点A)、节点B和节点C,其中,节点A为高负载节点,节点B为高负载节点,节点C为低负载节点。则高负载节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽加上节点B的需求带宽。Secondly, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the first node and peer nodes, and then determines the The sum of the required bandwidths of high-load nodes, and the bandwidth load of high-load nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For example, the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C. Among them, node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a low-load node. Then the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
再次,管理节点确定第一带宽比例,第一带宽比例为第一节点的需求带宽与高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值。例如:第一带宽比例=节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽)。Thirdly, the management node determines a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node. For example: first bandwidth ratio = required bandwidth of node A/(required bandwidth of node A + required bandwidth of node B).
再次,管理节点根据第一带宽比例和低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。具体的,将低负载节点的配置带宽减少,减少的部分带宽分配给第一节点,使得第一节点的配置带宽增加。Again, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Specifically, the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node is reduced, and part of the reduced bandwidth is allocated to the first node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the first node is increased.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
具体的,重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽=第一带宽比例*低负载节点的剩余带宽之和*调整步进。调整步进为小于1且大于0的小数。通过设置调整步进,可以避免剩余的低负载节点的配置带宽降低过多,而导致低负载节点在较低业务压力情况下变为高负载节点,影响业务正常运行。Specifically, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration = first bandwidth ratio * sum of remaining bandwidths of low-load nodes * adjustment step. Adjust the step to a decimal number less than 1 and greater than 0. By setting the adjustment step, you can prevent the configuration bandwidth of the remaining low-load nodes from being reduced too much, causing the low-load nodes to become high-load nodes under low business pressure, affecting the normal operation of the business.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,所述管理节点获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;所述管理节点根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node; when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the peer node is greater than or equal to When the first threshold is reached, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of each of the peer node and the first node and the remaining bandwidth of the second node; the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, so The second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the peer node and each of the first nodes; the management node calculates the second bandwidth ratio and The required bandwidth of the second node, reconfiguring the configured bandwidth of the first node, where the second node is the upper-level node of the first node, the configuration of the first node after reconfiguration The bandwidth is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
具体的,首先,管理节点获取第一节点的需求带宽、同级节点(也就是第一节点的同级节点)的需求带宽和第二节点的需求带宽,剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽。 Specifically, first, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node (that is, the peer node of the first node) and the required bandwidth of the second node. The remaining bandwidth indicates that the current node has been allocated and unused. bandwidth.
然后,管理节点确定第二带宽比例,第二带宽比例为第一节点的需求带宽与同级节点的需求带宽之和的比例。然后,管理节点根据第二带宽比例和第二节点的剩余带宽,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽等于第二带宽比例与第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。Then, the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, and the second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the second node, where the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node product of .
示例性的,第二节点的下一级节点包括:第一节点(节点A)、节点B和节点C,其中,节点A为高负载节点,节点B为高负载节点,节点C为高负载节点。Exemplarily, the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C, where node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a high-load node. .
则高负载节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽加上节点B的需求带宽。Then the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽。The sum of the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node is: the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C.
第二带宽比例为:节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽)。The second bandwidth ratio is: node A's required bandwidth/(node A's required bandwidth+node B's required bandwidth+node C's required bandwidth).
重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽为:第二节点的剩余带宽*节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽)。The configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is: the remaining bandwidth of the second node * the required bandwidth of node A / (the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C).
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的带宽负载之前,还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect, before the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, the method further includes:
所述管理节点获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;所述管理节点根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node obtains the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. The second node is a superior level of the first node. Node, the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth Indicate the allocated bandwidth requested by the node; the management node reconfigures the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. Configure bandwidth.
一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点根据网络拓扑信息,确定第一网络中各个节点以及各个节点的连接关系。进一步的,管理节点根据该网络拓扑信息确定第一网络中各个节点的通信能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, the management node determines each node in the first network and the connection relationship of each node according to the network topology information. Further, the management node determines the communication capability information of each node in the first network based on the network topology information.
又一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点通过带宽检测方式(或者可用带宽检测方式),确定第一网络中各个节点的连接关系,以及第一网络中各个节点的通信能力信息。In another possible implementation, the management node determines the connection relationship of each node in the first network and the communication capability information of each node in the first network through a bandwidth detection method (or an available bandwidth detection method).
关于通信能力信息,本申请实施例中通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。示例性的,汇聚节点B的通信能力信息包括:汇聚节点B的保护带宽:5G;汇聚节点B的需求带宽:30G;汇聚节点B的最大支持带宽:上行40G,下行40G。Regarding communication capability information, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, where the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node. Bandwidth, the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated. For example, the communication capability information of convergence node B includes: convergence node B's protection bandwidth: 5G; convergence node B's required bandwidth: 30G; convergence node B's maximum supported bandwidth: uplink 40G, downlink 40G.
可以理解的是,通信能力信息还可以包括:节点的存储空间大小,该存储空间用于缓存收发的数据、节点的可用存储空间大小或者节点的可用计算资源等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It can be understood that the communication capability information may also include: the storage space size of the node, which is used to cache the data sent and received, the available storage space size of the node, or the available computing resources of the node, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二 节点的配置带宽;In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the second node The configured bandwidth of the node;
当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the required bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the sum of the third bandwidth ratio The product of the configured bandwidth of the second node, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
示例性的,第一节点的需求带宽为10G,同级节点的需求带宽为40G,第二节点的配置带宽为20G。由于第一节点的需求带宽和同级节点(第一节点的同级节点)的需求带宽之和大于第二节点的配置带宽,因此,第二节点并没有充足的带宽资源提供给第一节点和同级节点使用。需要按照第一节点的需求带宽和同级节点的需求带宽之间的比例,分配第一节点的配置带宽。此时,第三带宽比例=10/(10+40)=0.2,第一节点的配置带宽为:0.2*20=4G。进一步的,根据类似的方法确定第一节点的同级节点的配置带宽。例如:同级节点的配置带宽为:40/(10+40)*20=0.8*20=16G。For example, the required bandwidth of the first node is 10G, the required bandwidth of the peer node is 40G, and the configured bandwidth of the second node is 20G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and Used by peer nodes. The configured bandwidth of the first node needs to be allocated according to the ratio between the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. At this time, the third bandwidth ratio=10/(10+40)=0.2, and the configured bandwidth of the first node is: 0.2*20=4G. Further, the configured bandwidth of the peer node of the first node is determined according to a similar method. For example: the configured bandwidth of the peer node is: 40/(10+40)*20=0.8*20=16G.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:所述管理节点向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。例如:所述管理节点向所述第一节点发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于重新配置所述第一节点的保护带宽。保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,通过配置保护带宽,保障第一节点的基本服务能力。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the management node reconfiguring the protection bandwidth to the first node. For example: the management node sends second configuration information to the first node, and the second configuration information is used to reconfigure the protection bandwidth of the first node. The protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node. By configuring the protection bandwidth, the basic service capabilities of the first node are guaranteed.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the communication capability information of the second node includes: a protection bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
示例性的,第一节点的保护带宽为5G,同级节点的保护带宽为10G,第二节点的配置带宽为9G。由于第一节点的保护带宽和同级节点(第一节点的同级节点)的保护带宽之和大于第二节点的保护带宽,因此,第二节点并没有充足的保护带宽资源提供给第一节点和同级节点使用。需要按照第一节点的保护带宽和同级节点的保护带宽之间的比例,重新配置第一节点的保护带宽。此时,第四带宽比例=5/(5+10)=1/3,第一节点的保护带宽为:1/3*9=3G。进一步的,根据类似的方法重新配置第一节点的同级节点的保护带宽。例如:同级节点的配置带宽为:10/(5+10)=2/3*9=6G。 For example, the protection bandwidth of the first node is 5G, the protection bandwidth of the peer node is 10G, and the configuration bandwidth of the second node is 9G. Since the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient protection bandwidth resources to provide to the first node. Used with peer nodes. The protection bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured according to the ratio between the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node. At this time, the fourth bandwidth ratio=5/(5+10)=1/3, and the protection bandwidth of the first node is: 1/3*9=3G. Further, the protection bandwidth of the peer node of the first node is reconfigured according to a similar method. For example: the configured bandwidth of the peer node is: 10/(5+10)=2/3*9=6G.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:所述管理节点向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。例如:所述管理节点向所述第一节点发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the method further includes: the management node configuring the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period to the first node, wherein the reporting period indicates the A period in which the first node reports a bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node. For example: the management node sends third configuration information to the first node, and the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period.
具体的:第一门限指的是重新配置节点的配置带宽的门限。例如:第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限时,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。Specifically: the first threshold refers to the threshold of the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured node. For example: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the configured bandwidth of the first node is reconfigured.
一种可能的实现方式中,针对不同优先级的节点,管理节点可以设置不同的第一门限。例如:优先级较高的节点可以是SLA等级较高或者对业务的可靠性要求较高的节点,此时针对优先级较高的节点设置的第一门限较低。则优先级较高的节点,可以优先触发配置带宽的重新配置,以提升业务的可靠性。In a possible implementation, the management node can set different first thresholds for nodes with different priorities. For example, a node with a higher priority may be a node with a higher SLA level or a node with higher requirements for service reliability. In this case, the first threshold set for the node with a higher priority is lower. Nodes with higher priority can first trigger the reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth to improve service reliability.
该上报周期指示第一节点上报第一节点的带宽负载的周期。根据该上报周期,第一节点周期性的上报第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示节点的当前使用带宽和节点的配置带宽的比例。示例性的,该上报周期可以是15秒。The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node. According to the reporting period, the first node periodically reports the bandwidth load of the first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth of the node to the configured bandwidth of the node. For example, the reporting period may be 15 seconds.
该上报周期可以依据业务的服务等级协议(Service-level agreement,SLA)要求配置。例如:业务A的SLA等级较高,则管理节点为业务A相关的节点配置上报周期A,该上报周期A指示的带宽负载的上报间隔较短。业务B的SLA等级较低,则管理节点为业务B相关的节点配置上报周期B,该上报周期B指示的带宽负载的上报间隔较长。The reporting cycle can be configured according to the service level agreement (Service-level agreement, SLA) requirements of the business. For example, if the SLA level of service A is higher, the management node configures reporting period A for the nodes related to service A. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period A is shorter. If the SLA level of service B is lower, the management node configures a reporting period B for the nodes related to service B. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period B is longer.
一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点还可以向第一节点配置触发上报带宽负载的门限,例如:管理节点向第一节点配置第二门限。当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第二门限时,第一节点向管理节点上报自身的带宽负载。In a possible implementation manner, the management node may also configure a threshold that triggers reporting of bandwidth load to the first node. For example, the management node configures a second threshold to the first node. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the first node reports its own bandwidth load to the management node.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;In a possible implementation of the first aspect, when the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the convergence node;
或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。In a possible implementation of the first aspect, the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
第二方面,本申请实施例提出一种带宽调整方法,所述方法应用于第一网络,所述第一网络包括:至少一个汇聚节点和至少一个边缘节点,其中,所述汇聚节点用于转发所述边缘节点的数据,包括:In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application propose a bandwidth adjustment method, which method is applied to a first network. The first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used for forwarding The data of the edge node includes:
第一节点向管理节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;The first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node. The bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network or any of the edge nodes;
当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述第一节点接收所述管理节点的第一配置信息; When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the first node receives the first configuration information of the management node;
所述第一节点根据所述第一配置信息重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽根据同级节点的带宽负载确定,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The first node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
本申请实施例中的汇聚节点,可以为路由器、交换机或网关等物理设备,也可以是支持路由发布和报文转发的虚拟设备等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding. The embodiment of this application does not limit this.
本申请实施例中的边缘节点可以是终端设备、也可以是网络设备、还可以是客户终端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)等,本申请实施例对边缘节点不作限制。例如:本申请实施例中的边缘节点,还可以是边缘计算设备,其中,边缘计算设备指的是用于执行多接入边缘计算(Multi-access Edge Computing)或移动边缘计算(mobile edge computing)的设备。示例性的,边缘计算设备,包括但不限于:手机、物联网设备、智能家居设备、工业控制设备、车辆设备或无人机设备等等。The edge node in the embodiment of this application may be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc. The embodiment of this application does not limit the edge node. For example: the edge node in the embodiment of this application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) device of. Examples of edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, industrial control devices, vehicle devices or drone devices, etc.
本申请实施例中,当第一节点的带宽负载较高时,管理节点根据第一节点的带宽负载和同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。避免第一节点因为带宽负载较高而造成报文丢失,降低业务时延和降低丢包率。管理节点通过动态调整第一网络中各个节点的配置带宽,降低边缘节点因为突发业务导致发生丢包的概率,提升链路利用率。减少对汇聚节点的缓存空间要求。此外,还可以优化第一网络中各个汇聚节点的负载,实现负载均衡。In the embodiment of this application, when the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate. The management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes. In addition, the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:A possible implementation of the second aspect also includes:
所述第一节点向所述管理节点发送所述第一节点的通信能力信息,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。The first node sends the communication capability information of the first node to the management node. The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum support of the node. Bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:所述第一节点接收来自所述管理节点的第二配置信息;所述第一节点根据所述第二配置信息重新配置保护带宽。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes: the first node receiving second configuration information from the management node; and the first node reconfiguring the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:所述第一节点接收来自所述管理节点的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。In a possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes: the first node receiving third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: A first threshold, a bandwidth adjustment period and/or a reporting period, wherein the reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates that the first node adjusts the bandwidth load of the first node. Describes the period for configuring bandwidth of the first node.
第三方面,本申请实施例提出一种通信装置,该通信装置用作管理节点,通信装置包括:In the third aspect, the embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a management node. The communication device includes:
收发模块,用于获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;A transceiver module configured to obtain the bandwidth load of a first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the first nodes included in the first network. The edge node;
处理模块,用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。A processing module configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,具体用于当所述同级节点中至少一个节点 的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to: when at least one node among the peer nodes When the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is determined. The low-load node belongs to the peer node. The bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth is Indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;The transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer nodes and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
所述处理模块,具体用于确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,还用于根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。In a possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, where , the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
所述收发模块,具体用于当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;The transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth sum of each node among the peer nodes and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes among the peers is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth of the second node;
所述处理模块,具体用于所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module is specifically configured for the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio. The second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and the bandwidth of each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the bandwidth of the first node. For an upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is also used to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
所述收发模块,还用于根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。 The transceiver module is further configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node ,
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio. The product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块,还用于根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。In a possible implementation, the processing module is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information. Information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块,还用于向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,In a possible implementation, the transceiver module is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;In a possible implementation, when the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node;
或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。In a possible implementation, the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
第四方面,本申请实施例提出一种通信装置,该通信装置用作第一节点,通信装置包括:In the fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a first node. The communication device includes:
收发模块,用于向管理节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;A transceiver module configured to report the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network. node or any of the edge nodes;
收发模块,还用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述第一节点接 收所述管理节点的第一配置信息;The transceiver module is also configured to: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the first node receives Receive the first configuration information of the management node;
处理模块,用于根据所述第一配置信息重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽根据同级节点的带宽负载确定,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。A processing module configured to reconfigure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
收发模块,还用于向所述管理节点发送所述第一节点的通信能力信息,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。The transceiver module is also configured to send communication capability information of the first node to the management node. The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum bandwidth of the node. Support bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
收发模块,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第二配置信息;所述第一节点根据所述第二配置信息重新配置保护带宽。The transceiver module is also configured to receive second configuration information from the management node; the first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
收发模块,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The transceiver module is also configured to receive third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, wherein, The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
第五方面,本申请实施例提出一种通信装置,该通信装置用作管理节点,通信装置包括:存储器和处理器其中,存储器包括指令;处理器用于执行前述第一方面中任一项可能的实现方式。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application propose a communication device, which is used as a management node. The communication device includes: a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions; and the processor is configured to perform any of the possible tasks in the first aspect. Method to realize.
在一种可能的实现方式中,示例性的,处理器,用于获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;In a possible implementation, an exemplary processor is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of the first node, the bandwidth load indicating the ratio of the currently used bandwidth and the configured bandwidth, and the first node is the first node. Any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the network;
处理器,还用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The processor is also configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,具体用于当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold. The node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
所述处理器,具体用于获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等 于所述第一门限;The processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, wherein Bandwidth load is greater than or equal to at the first threshold;
所述处理器,具体用于确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processor is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, where the first bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
所述处理器,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein , the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
所述处理器,具体用于当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;The processor is specifically configured to obtain the sum of required bandwidths of each of the peer nodes and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes among the peer nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth of the second node;
所述处理器,具体用于所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processor is specifically configured for the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio. The second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and the bandwidth of each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
所述处理器,具体用于根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The processor is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the bandwidth of the first node. For an upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, and the The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processor is further configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node ,
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio. The product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。 In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information. Information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器,还用于向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,In a possible implementation, the processor is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;In a possible implementation, when the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node;
或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。In a possible implementation, the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
第六方面,本申请实施例提出一种通信装置,该通信装置用作第一节点,通信装置包括:存储器和处理器其中,存储器包括指令;处理器用于执行前述第二方面中任一项可能的实现方式。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application proposes a communication device, which is used as a first node. The communication device includes: a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions; the processor is configured to execute any of the possibilities in the second aspect. way of implementation.
在一种可能的实现方式中,示例性的,处理器,用于向管理节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;In a possible implementation, for example, the processor is configured to report the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth to the configured bandwidth, and the first node Be any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the first network;
处理器,还用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述第一节点接收所述管理节点的第一配置信息;A processor, further configured to: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the first node receives the first configuration information of the management node;
处理器,用于根据所述第一配置信息重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽根据同级节点的带宽负载确定,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。A processor configured to reconfigure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
处理器,还用于向所述管理节点发送所述第一节点的通信能力信息,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带 宽。The processor is further configured to send communication capability information of the first node to the management node, where the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum bandwidth of the node. Support bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated. Width.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
处理器,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第二配置信息;所述第一节点根据所述第二配置信息重新配置保护带宽。The processor is further configured to receive second configuration information from the management node; the first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
处理器,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The processor is further configured to receive third configuration information from the management node, where the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, wherein, The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
本申请第七方面提供一种通信装置,包括:通信接口;A seventh aspect of this application provides a communication device, including: a communication interface;
与通信接口连接的处理器,基于通信接口和处理器,使得通信装置执行如前述第一方面和/或第二方面中任一项的方法。A processor connected to the communication interface, based on the communication interface and the processor, causes the communication device to perform the method of any one of the foregoing first and/or second aspects.
第八方面,提供了一种通信系统,通信系统包括如第三方面通信装置。In an eighth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a communication device as in the third aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种通信系统,通信系统包括如第三方面和第四方面的通信装置。A ninth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the communication devices of the third aspect and the fourth aspect.
本申请第十方面提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质可以是非易失性的;该计算机存储介质中存储有计算机可读指令,当该计算机可读指令被处理器执行时实现第一方面或者第二方面中任意一种实现方式中的方法。A tenth aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium, which may be non-volatile; computer readable instructions are stored in the computer storage medium, and when the computer readable instructions are executed by a processor, the first aspect is realized Or any method in the second aspect.
本申请第十一方面提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面或者第二方面中任意一种实现方式中的方法。An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method in any implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect.
本申请第十二方面提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口电路,用于支持网络设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,发送或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,芯片系统还包括存储器,存储器,用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor and an interface circuit, and is used to support network equipment to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, sending or processing data involved in the above methods and/or or information. In a possible design, the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the network device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请第十三方面提供一种通信装置,包括:所述通信装置包括:A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including: the communication device includes:
存储器,包括指令;memory, including instructions;
处理器,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,使得通信装置执行如前述第一方面和/或第二方面中任一项的方法。A processor, when the processor executes the instructions, causes the communication device to execute the method of any one of the foregoing first and/or second aspects.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例涉及的一种通信场景示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario involved in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例中一种带宽调整方法的实施例示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中一种带宽调整方法的实施例示意;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中第一网络的示意图; Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the first network in the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中的通信装置的硬件结构一个示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例中通信装置1000的一种实施例示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例中通信装置1100的一种实施例示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面,对本申请实施例进行描述。显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着新应用场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。Below, the embodiments of the present application are described. Obviously, the described embodiments are only part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all the embodiments. Persons of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the emergence of new application scenarios, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的描述在适当情况下可以互换,以便使实施例能够以除了在本申请图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或模块的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或模块,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或模块。在本申请中出现的对步骤进行的命名或者编号,并不意味着必须按照命名或者编号所指示的时间/逻辑先后顺序执行方法流程中的步骤,已经命名或者编号的流程步骤可以根据要实现的技术目的变更执行顺序,只要能达到相同或者相类似的技术效果即可。本申请中所出现的单元的划分,是一种逻辑上的划分,实际应用中实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元可以结合成或集成在另一个系统中,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行,另外,所显示的或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,单元之间的间接耦合或通信连接可以是电性或其他类似的形式,本申请中均不作限定。并且,作为分离部件说明的单元或子单元可以是也可以不是物理上的分离,可以是也可以不是物理单元,或者可以分布到多个电路单元中,可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或全部单元来实现本申请方案的目的。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the description and claims of this application and the above-mentioned drawings are used to distinguish similar objects and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It is to be understood that the descriptions so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances so as to enable the embodiments to be practiced in a sequence other than that illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions, for example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or modules and need not be limited to those explicitly listed. Those steps or modules may instead include other steps or modules not expressly listed or inherent to the processes, methods, products or devices. The naming or numbering of steps in this application does not mean that the steps in the method flow must be executed in the time/logical sequence indicated by the naming or numbering. The process steps that have been named or numbered can be implemented according to the purpose to be achieved. The order of execution can be changed for technical purposes, as long as the same or similar technical effect can be achieved. The division of units presented in this application is a logical division. In actual applications, there may be other divisions. For example, multiple units may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored. , or not executed. In addition, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between the units shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection between units may be electrical or other similar forms. There are no restrictions in the application. Furthermore, the units or subunits described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, may or may not be physical units, or may be distributed into multiple circuit units, and some or all of them may be selected according to actual needs. unit to achieve the purpose of this application plan.
请参阅图1,图1为本申请实施例涉及的一种通信场景示意图。图1示意的通信场景包括:服务器、一级汇聚节点、二级汇聚节点和边缘节点。其中,服务器通过多级汇聚节点(包括但不限于一级汇聚节点和二级汇聚节点)向边缘节点提供网络服务。该服务器可以是提供通信服务(例如是云服务)的服务器或者服务器集群。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario related to an embodiment of the present application. The communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1 includes: servers, primary aggregation nodes, secondary aggregation nodes and edge nodes. Among them, the server provides network services to edge nodes through multi-level aggregation nodes (including but not limited to first-level aggregation nodes and second-level aggregation nodes). The server may be a server or server cluster that provides communication services (such as cloud services).
一种可能的实现方式中,该服务器中集成有管理节点,例如无线自动驾驶引擎(MBB automation engine,MAE)或者电信融合云(telco converged cloud,TCC)等。其中,管理节点用于管理图1中的边缘节点和汇聚节点,汇聚节点用于转发边缘节点的业务数据。In one possible implementation, the server is integrated with a management node, such as a wireless autonomous driving engine (MBB automation engine, MAE) or a telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC). Among them, the management node is used to manage the edge nodes and convergence nodes in Figure 1, and the convergence node is used to forward the service data of the edge nodes.
在图1示意的通信场景中,汇聚节点按照与服务器的相对位置,可以划分为多级汇聚节点,例如:一级汇聚节点、二级汇聚节点或者三级汇聚节点(图中未示出)等。其中,一级汇聚节点的上游与服务器直接连接,一级汇聚节点的下游与其他汇聚节点或者边缘节点连接。因此,一级汇聚节点可以视为与该一级汇聚节点连接的二级汇聚节点的根节点。一级汇聚节点作为服务器与二级汇聚节点(或者边缘节点)的中继节点。In the communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1, the convergence node can be divided into multi-level convergence nodes according to its relative position to the server, such as a first-level convergence node, a second-level convergence node or a third-level convergence node (not shown in the figure), etc. . Among them, the upstream of the first-level aggregation node is directly connected to the server, and the downstream of the first-level aggregation node is connected to other aggregation nodes or edge nodes. Therefore, the first-level sink node can be regarded as the root node of the second-level sink node connected to the first-level sink node. The primary aggregation node serves as a relay node between the server and the secondary aggregation node (or edge node).
二级汇聚节点的上游与一级汇聚节点连接,二级节点的下游与边缘节点或者其他汇聚 节点(例如三级汇聚节点连接)。二级汇聚节点作为一级汇聚节点与边缘节点(或者三级汇聚节点)的中继节点。The upstream of the secondary convergence node is connected to the primary convergence node, and the downstream of the secondary node is connected to edge nodes or other convergence nodes. Node (e.g. three-level convergence node connection). The secondary convergence node serves as the relay node between the primary convergence node and the edge node (or the third-level convergence node).
以此类推,三级汇聚节点的上游与二级汇聚节点连接,三级汇聚节点的下游与边缘节点或者其他汇聚节点(例如四级汇聚节点连接)。三级汇聚节点作为二级汇聚节点与边缘节点(或者四级汇聚节点)的中继节点。可以理解的是,本申请实施例涉及的通信场景还可以包括更多级的汇聚节点,此处不作赘述。By analogy, the upstream of the third-level convergence node is connected to the second-level convergence node, and the downstream of the third-level convergence node is connected to the edge node or other convergence nodes (such as the fourth-level convergence node). The third-level convergence node serves as the relay node between the second-level convergence node and the edge node (or the fourth-level convergence node). It can be understood that the communication scenario involved in the embodiment of the present application may also include more levels of convergence nodes, which will not be described again here.
图1示意的通信场景中,边缘节点可以是终端设备、也可以是网络设备、还可以是客户终端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)等,本申请实施例对边缘节点不作限制。例如:本申请实施例中的边缘节点,还可以是边缘计算设备,其中,边缘计算设备指的是用于执行多接入边缘计算(Multi-access Edge Computing)或移动边缘计算(mobile edge computing)的设备。示例性的,边缘计算设备,包括但不限于:手机、物联网设备、智能家居设备、工业控制设备、车辆设备或无人机设备等等。In the communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1, the edge node can be a terminal device, a network device, or a customer premise equipment (CPE), etc. The embodiment of this application does not limit the edge node. For example: the edge node in the embodiment of this application can also be an edge computing device, where the edge computing device refers to a device used to perform multi-access edge computing (Multi-access Edge Computing) or mobile edge computing (mobile edge computing) device of. Examples of edge computing devices include but are not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things devices, smart home devices, industrial control devices, vehicle devices or drone devices, etc.
本申请实施例中的网络设备,可以是无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置,称为RAN设备。例如,该RAN设备可以是基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、3GPP后续演进的基站、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、WiFi系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。在采用不同的无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)的通信系统中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如,LTE系统中可以称为eNB或eNodeB,第五代移动通信(fifth generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)系统中可以称为gNB,本申请对基站的具体名称不作限定。RAN设备可以包含一个或多个共站址或非共站址的发送接收点。再如,RAN设备可以包括一个或多个集中式单元(central unit,CU)、一个或多个分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、或一个或多个CU和一个或多个DU。这些网路功能实体可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。The network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may be a device in a radio access network (RAN) that provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment, which is called a RAN equipment. For example, the RAN equipment can be a base station (base station), an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNodeB), a next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the 5G mobile communication system, a 3GPP subsequently evolved base station, a transmitting and receiving point ( transmission reception point (TRP), access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. in WiFi system. In communication systems using different radio access technologies (RAT), the names of devices with base station functions may be different. For example, the LTE system may be called eNB or eNodeB, and the fifth generation mobile communication (fifth generation, 5G) system or new radio (new radio, NR) system may be called gNB. This application does not limit the specific name of the base station. The RAN device may contain one or more co-located or non-co-located transmitting and receiving points. For another example, the RAN equipment may include one or more centralized units (CU), one or more distributed units (DU), or one or more CUs and one or more DUs. These network function entities can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
本申请实施例中的终端设备,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE),包括但不限于:手机、物联网设备、智能家居设备、工业控制设备、车辆设备、无人机设备等等。本申请实施例中,终端设备为各种具有线通信功能的终端设备或装置,例如:移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户设备(user device)、或用户装备。例如车辆、车载设备、车载模块或单元、飞行器(包括但不限于无人机)、机载设备、机载模块或单元、 路测基础设备、手持设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,例如车辆用户设备(vehicle user equipment,VUE)或空调用户设备等等。The terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may also be called user equipment (UE), including but not limited to: mobile phones, Internet of Things equipment, smart home equipment, industrial control equipment, vehicle equipment, and drone equipment. etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device is a variety of terminal devices or devices with line communication functions, such as: mobile phones (or "cellular" phones) and computers with mobile terminals. They can also be portable, pocket-sized, handheld A mobile device built into a computer or vehicle that exchanges voice and/or data with a wireless access network. For example, personal communication service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDA) and other equipment . Terminal equipment may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, Remote terminal, access terminal, user terminal, user agent, user device, or user equipment. For example, vehicles, vehicle-mounted equipment, vehicle-mounted modules or units, aircraft (including but not limited to drones), airborne equipment, airborne modules or units, Drive test infrastructure equipment, handheld devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, such as vehicle user equipment (VUE) or air conditioning user equipment, etc.
本申请实施例中,CPE包括但不限于:光网络终端(optical network terminal,ONT)、数字用户专线调制解调器(digital subscriber line modem,DSL Modem)、路由器、网络交换机、住宅网关、机顶盒、固定移动融合产品、家庭网络适配器或者互联网接入网关等设备,CPE可以使得用户能够通过附近的局域网(local area network,LAN)获得相应服务。In the embodiment of this application, CPE includes but is not limited to: optical network terminal (optical network terminal, ONT), digital subscriber line modem (digital subscriber line modem, DSL Modem), router, network switch, residential gateway, set-top box, fixed mobile convergence Products, home network adapters or Internet access gateways and other devices, CPE can enable users to obtain corresponding services through nearby local area networks (LAN).
本申请实施例中的汇聚节点,可以为路由器、交换机或网关等物理设备,也可以是支持路由发布和报文转发的虚拟设备等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。The aggregation node in the embodiment of this application can be a physical device such as a router, a switch or a gateway, or a virtual device that supports route publishing and packet forwarding. The embodiment of this application does not limit this.
示例性的,图1示意的通信场景可以是园区网络。园区网络是一种企业或者机构的内部网络,例如:企业园区网络、校园园区网络、政务园区网络、公园园区网络或者商业园区网络等。By way of example, the communication scenario illustrated in Figure 1 may be a campus network. A campus network is an internal network of an enterprise or institution, such as an enterprise campus network, a campus network, a government park network, a park network, or a business park network, etc.
园区网络对应的通信场景中,往往会出现以下场景:下游节点的端口带宽之和大于上游节点的带宽。以边缘节点和该边缘节点的上游汇聚节点为例进行说明,例如:边缘节点1和边缘节点2与汇聚节点1连接,汇聚节点1负责边缘节点1和边缘节点2的数据转发,边缘节点1的最大发送带宽为25吉比特每秒(gigabit per second,Gbps或者G),边缘节点2的最大发送带宽为25G,汇聚节点1的出口带宽为40G。当边缘节点1和边缘节点2按照自身最大发送带宽发送报文时,边缘节点1和边缘节点2在汇聚节点1的汇聚流量超过汇聚节点1的出口带宽,造成部分报文丢失,影响业务时延和提升丢包率。In communication scenarios corresponding to campus networks, the following scenario often occurs: the sum of the port bandwidths of downstream nodes is greater than the bandwidth of upstream nodes. Take an edge node and its upstream aggregation node as an example. For example, edge node 1 and edge node 2 are connected to aggregation node 1. Aggregation node 1 is responsible for data forwarding of edge node 1 and edge node 2. Edge node 1 The maximum sending bandwidth is 25 gigabit per second (Gbps or G), the maximum sending bandwidth of edge node 2 is 25G, and the egress bandwidth of aggregation node 1 is 40G. When edge node 1 and edge node 2 send packets according to their maximum sending bandwidth, the aggregate traffic of edge node 1 and edge node 2 at convergence node 1 exceeds the egress bandwidth of convergence node 1, causing some packets to be lost and affecting service delays. and improve packet loss rate.
为了便于理解,下面介绍当前园区网络可能出现的拥塞场景:For ease of understanding, the possible congestion scenarios in the current campus network are introduced below:
一种示例中,请参阅图2,图2为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图。边缘节点的上一级节点为汇聚节点,该汇聚节点通过上行端口与该边缘节点连接。该边缘节点的上行发送带宽为25G(Gigabit)比特/秒(G比特/秒简称为G),汇聚节点的上行端口能力为20G。由于边缘节点的上行发送带宽大于汇聚节点的上行端口能力,当边缘节点按照最大的上行发送带宽向汇聚节点发送业务数据时,该业务数据在传输至汇聚节点时会发生丢包,造成边缘节点的上行拥塞。In an example, please refer to Figure 2, which is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application. The upper-level node of the edge node is a convergence node, and the convergence node is connected to the edge node through an uplink port. The uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is 25G (Gigabit) bits/second (G bits/second is referred to as G), and the uplink port capability of the aggregation node is 20G. Since the uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is greater than the uplink port capacity of the convergence node, when the edge node sends service data to the convergence node according to the maximum uplink transmission bandwidth, packet loss occurs when the service data is transmitted to the convergence node, causing the edge node to Upstream congestion.
又一种示例中,请参阅图3,图3为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图。汇聚节点的下游与两个边缘节点连接。该边缘节点的上行发送带宽为25G,汇聚节点的上行端口能力为25G,因此在边缘节点到汇聚节点的传输路径中并不会发生拥塞。由于汇聚节点的上行端口能力之和为50G大于汇聚节点的出口能力40G,因此,造成汇聚节点的出口拥塞。In another example, please refer to Figure 3, which is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application. The downstream of the sink node is connected to the two edge nodes. The uplink transmission bandwidth of the edge node is 25G, and the uplink port capability of the convergence node is 25G. Therefore, congestion will not occur in the transmission path from the edge node to the convergence node. Since the sum of the uplink port capabilities of the aggregation node is 50G, which is greater than the egress capability of the aggregation node, 40G, this causes congestion at the egress of the aggregation node.
又一种示例中,请参阅图4,图4为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图。一级汇聚节点的下游与两个二级汇聚节点连接。该二级汇聚节点的上行发送带宽为40G,一级汇聚节点的上行端口能力为40G,因此在二级汇聚节点到一级汇聚节点的传输路径中并不会发生拥塞。由于二级汇聚节点的上行端口能力之和为80G大于一级汇聚节点的出口能力60G,因此,造成一级汇聚节点的出口拥塞。In another example, please refer to Figure 4, which is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application. The downstream of the primary convergence node is connected to two secondary convergence nodes. The uplink transmission bandwidth of the second-level aggregation node is 40G, and the uplink port capability of the first-level aggregation node is 40G. Therefore, congestion will not occur in the transmission path from the second-level aggregation node to the first-level aggregation node. Since the sum of the uplink port capabilities of the second-level aggregation node is 80G, which is greater than the egress capability of the first-level aggregation node, 60G, this causes congestion at the egress of the first-level aggregation node.
又一种示例中,请参阅图5,图5为本申请实施例涉及的一种拥塞场景示意图。汇聚节点的下游与两个边缘节点(图5中的边缘节点1和边缘节点2)连接。该边缘节点的上 行发送带宽为25G,汇聚节点的上行端口能力为20G。当边缘节点1发生回传业务时,例如边缘节点1的业务数据需要通过汇聚节点转发到边缘节点2。此时,来自汇聚节点的上游(例如服务器或者核心网)的下行业务数据与边缘节点1的回传业务数据需要通过汇聚节点的上行端口发送至边缘节点2。下行业务数据的流量和回传业务数据的流量之和大于汇聚节点的出口能力,造成拥塞。In another example, please refer to Figure 5, which is a schematic diagram of a congestion scenario related to an embodiment of the present application. The downstream of the sink node is connected to two edge nodes (edge node 1 and edge node 2 in Figure 5). on this edge node The line transmission bandwidth is 25G, and the uplink port capability of the aggregation node is 20G. When backhaul services occur at edge node 1, for example, the service data of edge node 1 needs to be forwarded to edge node 2 through the aggregation node. At this time, the downlink service data from the upstream of the aggregation node (such as a server or core network) and the backhaul service data of edge node 1 need to be sent to edge node 2 through the uplink port of the aggregation node. The sum of the traffic of downlink service data and the traffic of backhaul service data is greater than the egress capability of the aggregation node, causing congestion.
基于此,本申请提出一种带宽调整方法,该方法应用于第一网络,第一网络包括:至少一个汇聚节点和至少一个边缘节点,其中,汇聚节点用于转发边缘节点的数据,该方法包括:管理节点获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同。当第一节点的带宽负载较高时,管理节点根据第一节点的带宽负载和同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。避免第一节点因为带宽负载较高而造成报文丢失,降低业务时延和降低丢包率。管理节点通过动态调整第一网络中各个节点的配置带宽,降低边缘节点因为突发业务导致发生丢包的概率,提升链路利用率。减少对汇聚节点的缓存空间要求。此外,还可以优化第一网络中各个汇聚节点的负载,实现负载均衡。Based on this, this application proposes a bandwidth adjustment method, which is applied to a first network. The first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, where the convergence node is used to forward data of the edge node. The method includes : The management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes or any one of the edges included in the first network. Node; when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node. When the bandwidth load of the first node is high, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node. This avoids packet loss on the first node due to high bandwidth load, reduces service delay and packet loss rate. The management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic and improve link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes. In addition, the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
下面,结合附图介绍本申请实施例,本申请实施例提出的带宽调整方法包括:Below, embodiments of the present application are introduced with reference to the accompanying drawings. The bandwidth adjustment method proposed by the embodiment of the present application includes:
(1)、初始化过程中,管理节点为节点协商保护带宽和需求带宽。(1) During the initialization process, the management node negotiates the protection bandwidth and required bandwidth for the node.
(2)、管理节点动态调整节点的配置带宽。(2) The management node dynamically adjusts the configured bandwidth of the node.
首先介绍(1)、为节点初始化配置保护带宽和需求带宽。请参阅图6,图6为本申请实施例中一种带宽调整方法的实施例示意图。本申请实施例提出的一种带宽调整方法,包括:First introduce (1), initialize the protection bandwidth and demand bandwidth for the node. Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method according to an embodiment of the present application. A bandwidth adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of this application includes:
601a、获取第一节点的通信能力信息。601a. Obtain communication capability information of the first node.
601b、获取第二节点的通信能力信息。601b. Obtain the communication capability information of the second node.
601c、获取同级节点的通信能力信息。601c. Obtain the communication capability information of the peer node.
步骤601a~步骤601c为管理节点获取第一网络中各个节点(包括第一节点、第二节点和同级节点)的通信能力信息。Steps 601a to 601c are for the management node to obtain the communication capability information of each node (including the first node, the second node and the peer node) in the first network.
本申请实施例中,第一节点是第一网络中任一个节点,例如:第一节点可以是任一个汇聚节点或者任一个边缘节点。第一节点关联的其他节点包括:第二节点和同级节点,其中,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同,第二节点为第一节点的上一级节点。换言之,第一节点和同级节点的上一级节点为第二节点。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node is any node in the first network. For example, the first node can be any convergence node or any edge node. Other nodes associated with the first node include: a second node and a peer node, wherein the superior node of the peer node in the first network is the same as the superior node of the first node, and the second The node is the upper-level node of the first node. In other words, the node at the upper level of the first node and the sibling node is the second node.
为了便于理解,请参阅图8,图8为本申请实施例中第一网络的示意图。示例性的,第一网络如图8所示,包括:服务器、汇聚节点A~汇聚节点E、边缘节点A~边缘节点H。其中,按照与服务器的相对位置,汇聚节点A和汇聚节点E为一级汇聚节点,汇聚节点B、汇聚节点C和汇聚节点D为二级汇聚节点。For ease of understanding, please refer to Figure 8 , which is a schematic diagram of the first network in this embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 8, the first network includes: a server, aggregation nodes A to aggregation nodes E, and edge nodes A to edge nodes H. Among them, according to their relative positions to the server, convergence node A and convergence node E are first-level convergence nodes, and convergence node B, convergence node C, and convergence node D are second-level convergence nodes.
例如:第一节点为边缘节点E,则第二节点为汇聚节点D(即边缘节点E的上一级节 点),同级节点包括:边缘节点F和边缘节点G。For example: the first node is edge node E, then the second node is convergence node D (that is, the upper level node of edge node E point), peer nodes include: edge node F and edge node G.
又例如:第一节点为汇聚节点B,则第二节点为汇聚节点A(即汇聚节点B的上一级节点),同级节点包括:汇聚节点C和汇聚节点D。For another example, if the first node is convergence node B, then the second node is convergence node A (that is, the superior node of convergence node B). The peer nodes include convergence node C and convergence node D.
一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点根据网络拓扑信息,确定第一网络中各个节点以及各个节点的连接关系。进一步的,管理节点根据该网络拓扑信息确定第一网络中各个节点的通信能力信息。In a possible implementation manner, the management node determines each node in the first network and the connection relationship of each node according to the network topology information. Further, the management node determines the communication capability information of each node in the first network based on the network topology information.
又一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点通过带宽检测方式(或者可用带宽检测方式),确定第一网络中各个节点的连接关系,以及第一网络中各个节点的通信能力信息。In another possible implementation, the management node determines the connection relationship of each node in the first network and the communication capability information of each node in the first network through a bandwidth detection method (or an available bandwidth detection method).
关于通信能力信息,本申请实施例中通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。示例性的,汇聚节点B的通信能力信息包括:汇聚节点B的保护带宽:5G;汇聚节点B的需求带宽:30G;汇聚节点B的最大支持带宽:上行40G,下行40G。Regarding communication capability information, in the embodiment of the present application, the communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, where the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node. Bandwidth, the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated. For example, the communication capability information of convergence node B includes: convergence node B's protection bandwidth: 5G; convergence node B's required bandwidth: 30G; convergence node B's maximum supported bandwidth: uplink 40G, downlink 40G.
可以理解的是,通信能力信息还可以包括:节点的存储空间大小,该存储空间用于缓存收发的数据、节点的可用存储空间大小或者节点的可用计算资源等,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It can be understood that the communication capability information may also include: the storage space size of the node, which is used to cache the data sent and received, the available storage space size of the node, or the available computing resources of the node, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
关于管理节点:本申请实施例中管理节点可对第一网络中汇聚节点和/或边缘节点进行管理运维或者策略控制等。本申请实施例对管理节点具体的功能不做限定。Regarding the management node: In the embodiment of this application, the management node can perform management, operation and maintenance or policy control on the aggregation node and/or edge node in the first network. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific functions of the management node.
管理节点可以是第一网络中独立部署的节点,例如:网络控制器、无线自动驾驶引擎(MBB automation engine,MAE)或者电信融合云(telco converged cloud,TCC)等;管理节点也可以是部署(或者集成)在第一网络中汇聚节点、边缘节点或者服务器,例如:由第一网络中的某一个汇聚节点执行该管理节点的功能,或者,由第一网络中的某一个边缘节点执行该管理节点的功能,又或者,由第一网络中任意的一个或多个节点协同处理执行该管理节点的功能。示例性的,第一网络中多个节点协商推举某一个或多个节点,用于执行管理节点的相关功能。The management node may be an independently deployed node in the first network, such as a network controller, a wireless automatic driving engine (MBB automation engine, MAE) or a telecom converged cloud (telco converged cloud, TCC), etc.; the management node may also be a deployed ( or integrated) aggregation node, edge node or server in the first network, for example: a certain aggregation node in the first network performs the function of the management node, or a certain edge node in the first network performs the management The function of the node, or any one or more nodes in the first network collaboratively process and execute the function of the management node. For example, multiple nodes in the first network negotiate and recommend one or more nodes for performing related functions of the management node.
在步骤601a~步骤601c之前,第一网络中各个节点(即边缘节点或者汇聚节点)已初始化配置了保护带宽,而配置带宽通常是根据该节点的需求带宽所配置的,因此,配置带宽也可以称为实际配置带宽。为了避免各个节点的配置带宽和保护带宽相互冲突,造成丢包或者拥塞,在步骤601a~步骤601c之后,管理节点根据多个节点的通信能力信息,确定第一节点的配置带宽和保护带宽是否需要重新配置,具体请参阅步骤602~603。Before steps 601a to 601c, each node (ie, edge node or aggregation node) in the first network has initialized the configuration of protection bandwidth, and the configuration bandwidth is usually configured according to the required bandwidth of the node. Therefore, the configuration bandwidth can also be is called the actual configured bandwidth. In order to avoid the configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth of each node from conflicting with each other, causing packet loss or congestion, after steps 601a to 601c, the management node determines whether the configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth of the first node are needed based on the communication capability information of multiple nodes. Reconfigure, please refer to steps 602 to 603 for details.
602、配置第一节点的配置带宽。602. Configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node.
步骤602中,管理节点根据上述多个节点的通信能力信息,确定第一节点的需求带宽、同级节点的需求带宽和第二节点的配置带宽。然后,根据下一级节点(即第一节点和同级节点)的需求带宽和上一级节点(第二节点)的配置带宽,确定第一节点的配置带宽。In step 602, the management node determines the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node, and the configured bandwidth of the second node based on the communication capability information of the multiple nodes. Then, the configured bandwidth of the first node is determined based on the required bandwidth of the next-level node (ie, the first node and the peer node) and the configured bandwidth of the upper-level node (the second node).
需要说明的是,第一网络中每一个汇聚节点的需求带宽,由该汇聚节点的下一级节点的需求带宽之和确定。例如:图8为例,汇聚节点A的需求带宽由汇聚节点B的需求带宽、汇聚节点C的需求带宽和汇聚节点D的需求带宽之和确定。 It should be noted that the required bandwidth of each convergence node in the first network is determined by the sum of the required bandwidths of the next-level nodes of the convergence node. For example, in Figure 8, the required bandwidth of convergence node A is determined by the sum of the required bandwidth of convergence node B, the required bandwidth of convergence node C, and the required bandwidth of convergence node D.
具体如下:当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽。Specifically as follows: when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node required bandwidth.
示例性的,第一节点的需求带宽为5G,同级节点的需求带宽为5G,第二节点的配置带宽为10G。由于第一节点的需求带宽和同级节点(第一节点的同级节点)的需求带宽之和等于第二节点的配置带宽,因此,第二节点有充足的带宽资源提供给第一节点和同级节点使用。则管理节点确定的第一节点的配置带宽为5G。管理节点确定的同级节点的配置带宽为5G。For example, the required bandwidth of the first node is 5G, the required bandwidth of the peer node is 5G, and the configured bandwidth of the second node is 10G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node has sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and peers. level node is used. Then the configured bandwidth of the first node determined by the management node is 5G. The configured bandwidth of the peer node determined by the management node is 5G.
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,则根据第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, configure the configuration according to the third bandwidth ratio and the configured bandwidth of the second node. The configured bandwidth of the first node, wherein the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node, so The configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the product of the third bandwidth ratio and the configured bandwidth of the second node.
示例性的,第一节点的需求带宽为10G,同级节点的需求带宽为40G,第二节点的配置带宽为20G。由于第一节点的需求带宽和同级节点(第一节点的同级节点)的需求带宽之和大于第二节点的配置带宽,因此,第二节点并没有充足的带宽资源提供给第一节点和同级节点使用。需要按照第一节点的需求带宽和同级节点的需求带宽之间的比例,分配第一节点的配置带宽。此时,第三带宽比例=10/(10+40)=0.2,第一节点的配置带宽为:0.2*20=4G。进一步的,根据类似的方法确定第一节点的同级节点的配置带宽。例如:同级节点的配置带宽为:40/(10+40)*20=0.8*20=16G。For example, the required bandwidth of the first node is 10G, the required bandwidth of the peer node is 40G, and the configured bandwidth of the second node is 20G. Since the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient bandwidth resources to provide to the first node and Used by peer nodes. The configured bandwidth of the first node needs to be allocated according to the ratio between the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. At this time, the third bandwidth ratio=10/(10+40)=0.2, and the configured bandwidth of the first node is: 0.2*20=4G. Further, the configured bandwidth of the peer node of the first node is determined according to a similar method. For example: the configured bandwidth of the peer node is: 40/(10+40)*20=0.8*20=16G.
需要说明的是,第二节点的配置带宽,可以由管理节点根据第二节点的上一级节点的配置带宽、第二节点的需求带宽以及第二节点的同级节点的需求带宽确定。具体确定第二节点的配置带宽的方式,与确定第一节点的配置带宽的方式类似,此处不作赘述。It should be noted that the configured bandwidth of the second node may be determined by the management node based on the configured bandwidth of the upper-level node of the second node, the required bandwidth of the second node, and the required bandwidth of the peer node of the second node. The specific method of determining the configured bandwidth of the second node is similar to the method of determining the configured bandwidth of the first node, and will not be described again here.
可以理解的是,在初始化配置第一节点的配置带宽的过程中,可以按照步骤602的方式确定第一节点的配置带宽,以避免重新配置该配置带宽。It can be understood that, during the process of initializing the configuration bandwidth of the first node, the configuration bandwidth of the first node may be determined in the manner of step 602 to avoid reconfiguring the configuration bandwidth.
进一步的,管理节点可以按照步骤602的方式,从第一网络的边缘节点起,自下而上(即从边缘节点至一级汇聚节点)逐级配置各个节点的配置带宽。Further, the management node may configure the configuration bandwidth of each node step by step starting from the edge node of the first network and from bottom to top (that is, from the edge node to the first-level aggregation node) in the manner of step 602.
603、配置第一节点的保护带宽。603. Configure the protection bandwidth of the first node.
步骤603中,管理节点根据上述多个节点的通信能力信息,确定第一节点的保护带宽、同级节点的保护带宽和第二节点的保护带宽。然后,根据下一级节点(即第一节点和同级节点)的保护带宽和上一级节点(第二节点)的保护带宽,确定是否需要重配置第一节点的保护带宽。In step 603, the management node determines the protection bandwidth of the first node, the protection bandwidth of the peer node, and the protection bandwidth of the second node based on the communication capability information of the multiple nodes. Then, based on the protection bandwidth of the next-level node (ie, the first node and the peer node) and the protection bandwidth of the upper-level node (the second node), it is determined whether the protection bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured.
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽。换言之,不重新配置第一节点的保护带宽。When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the configured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the protection bandwidth of the first node. Protect bandwidth. In other words, the protection bandwidth of the first node is not reconfigured.
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,根据第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽重新配置所述第一节点的保护带宽,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同 级节点的保护带宽之和的比值,重新配置后的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积。换言之,当下一级节点的保护带宽之和大于上一级节点的保护带宽,则需要重新配置第一节点的保护带宽。When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the third bandwidth is reconfigured according to a fourth bandwidth ratio and the protection bandwidth of the second node. The protection bandwidth of a node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the first node and the same The ratio of the sum of the protection bandwidths of the level nodes, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the product of the fourth bandwidth ratio and the protection bandwidth of the second node. In other words, when the sum of the protection bandwidths of the lower-level nodes is greater than the protection bandwidth of the upper-level node, the protection bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured.
示例性的,第一节点的保护带宽为5G,同级节点的保护带宽为10G,第二节点的配置带宽为9G。由于第一节点的保护带宽和同级节点(第一节点的同级节点)的保护带宽之和大于第二节点的保护带宽,因此,第二节点并没有充足的保护带宽资源提供给第一节点和同级节点使用。需要按照第一节点的保护带宽和同级节点的保护带宽之间的比例,重新配置第一节点的保护带宽。此时,第四带宽比例=5/(5+10)=1/3,第一节点的保护带宽为:1/3*9=3G。进一步的,根据类似的方法重新配置第一节点的同级节点的保护带宽。例如:同级节点的配置带宽为:10/(5+10)=2/3*9=6G。For example, the protection bandwidth of the first node is 5G, the protection bandwidth of the peer node is 10G, and the configuration bandwidth of the second node is 9G. Since the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node (the peer node of the first node) is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the second node does not have sufficient protection bandwidth resources to provide to the first node. Used with peer nodes. The protection bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured according to the ratio between the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node. At this time, the fourth bandwidth ratio=5/(5+10)=1/3, and the protection bandwidth of the first node is: 1/3*9=3G. Further, the protection bandwidth of the peer node of the first node is reconfigured according to a similar method. For example: the configured bandwidth of the peer node is: 10/(5+10)=2/3*9=6G.
进一步的,管理节点可以按照步骤603的方式,从第一网络的入口节点(例如一级汇聚节点或者服务器)起,自上而下(即从一级汇聚节点至边缘节点)逐级配置各个节点的保护带宽。Further, the management node can configure each node step by step from the entry node of the first network (such as the first-level aggregation node or server) in the manner of step 603 from top to bottom (that is, from the first-level aggregation node to the edge node). protection bandwidth.
本申请实施例中,在初始化协商阶段,管理节点可以对第一网络中各级节点的配置带宽和保护带宽进行重配置,以避免各级节点因为配置带宽和保护带宽相互冲突,而导致的丢包或者拥塞。提升通信质量,提升链路利用率。减少对汇聚节点的缓存空间要求。In the embodiment of this application, during the initialization negotiation phase, the management node can reconfigure the configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth of nodes at all levels in the first network to avoid loss of nodes at all levels caused by conflicts between configuration bandwidth and protection bandwidth. Packets or congestion. Improve communication quality and link utilization. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes.
请参阅图7,图7为本申请实施例中一种带宽调整方法的实施例示意图。本申请实施例提出的一种带宽调整方法,包括:Please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic diagram of a bandwidth adjustment method according to an embodiment of the present application. A bandwidth adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of this application includes:
701、管理节点向第一节点配置第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期。701. The management node configures the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node.
步骤701为可选步骤,当步骤701不执行时,第一节点可以预配置以下一项或多项信息:第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期。Step 701 is an optional step. When step 701 is not executed, the first node may pre-configure one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period.
具体的:第一门限指的是重新配置节点的配置带宽的门限。例如:第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限时,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。Specifically: the first threshold refers to the threshold of the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured node. For example: when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the configured bandwidth of the first node is reconfigured.
一种可能的实现方式中,针对不同优先级的节点,管理节点可以设置不同的第一门限。例如:优先级较高的节点可以是SLA等级较高或者对业务的可靠性要求较高的节点,此时针对优先级较高的节点设置的第一门限较低。则优先级较高的节点,可以优先触发配置带宽的重新配置,以提升业务的可靠性。In a possible implementation, the management node can set different first thresholds for nodes with different priorities. For example, a node with a higher priority may be a node with a higher SLA level or a node with higher requirements for service reliability. In this case, the first threshold set for the node with a higher priority is lower. Nodes with higher priority can first trigger the reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth to improve service reliability.
该上报周期指示第一节点上报第一节点的带宽负载的周期。根据该上报周期,第一节点周期性的上报第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示节点的当前使用带宽和节点的配置带宽的比例。示例性的,该上报周期可以是15秒。The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node. According to the reporting period, the first node periodically reports the bandwidth load of the first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth of the node to the configured bandwidth of the node. For example, the reporting period may be 15 seconds.
该上报周期可以依据业务的服务等级协议(Service-level agreement,SLA)要求配置。例如:业务A的SLA等级较高,则管理节点为业务A相关的节点配置上报周期A,该上报周期A指示的带宽负载的上报间隔较短。业务B的SLA等级较低,则管理节点为业务B相关的节点配置上报周期B,该上报周期B指示的带宽负载的上报间隔较长。The reporting cycle can be configured according to the service level agreement (Service-level agreement, SLA) requirements of the business. For example, if the SLA level of service A is higher, the management node configures reporting period A for the nodes related to service A. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period A is shorter. If the SLA level of service B is lower, the management node configures a reporting period B for the nodes related to service B. The reporting interval of the bandwidth load indicated by the reporting period B is longer.
一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点还可以向第一节点配置触发上报带宽负载的门限,例如:管理节点向第一节点配置第二门限。当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第二门限时, 第一节点向管理节点上报自身的带宽负载。In a possible implementation manner, the management node may also configure a threshold that triggers reporting of bandwidth load to the first node. For example, the management node configures a second threshold to the first node. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold, The first node reports its own bandwidth load to the management node.
702、管理节点获取第一节点的带宽负载。702. The management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node.
步骤702中,一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点接收第一节点主动上报的第一节点的带宽负载。In step 702, in a possible implementation manner, the management node receives the bandwidth load of the first node actively reported by the first node.
另一种可能的实现方式中,管理节点主动获取第一节点的带宽负载。In another possible implementation, the management node actively obtains the bandwidth load of the first node.
示例性的,当第一节点属于第一网络中的边缘节点时,管理节点获取第一网络中各个边缘节点的带宽负载。For example, when the first node belongs to an edge node in the first network, the management node obtains the bandwidth load of each edge node in the first network.
703、当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。703. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node.
步骤703中,当管理节点获取第一节点的带宽负载后,管理节点根据第一节点的带宽负载情况,确定是否需要重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。具体的,当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,管理节点根据第一节点的带宽负载和同级节点的带宽负载(该同级节点指的是第一节点的同级节点),重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。例如:管理节点向第一节点发送配置信息,第一节点根据该配置信息重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。In step 703, after the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, the management node determines whether the configured bandwidth of the first node needs to be reconfigured based on the bandwidth load of the first node. Specifically, when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node determines, according to the bandwidth load of the first node and the bandwidth load of the peer node (the peer node refers to the peer node of the first node), Reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node. For example: the management node sends configuration information to the first node, and the first node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the configuration information.
下面,按照第一节点的同级节点是否存在低负载节点,分别进行讨论:AA、当同级节点包括低负载节点;BB、当同级节点不包括低负载节点,换言之,同级节点均为高负载节点。Below, we will discuss respectively according to whether there are low-load nodes among the sibling nodes of the first node: AA, when the sibling nodes include low-load nodes; BB, when the sibling nodes do not include low-load nodes, in other words, the sibling nodes are all Highly loaded nodes.
AA、当同级节点包括低负载节点。AA, when peer nodes include low-load nodes.
当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限时,管理节点认为第一节点为高负载节点。本申请实施例中,将带宽负载大于或等于第一门限的节点归类为高负载节点,将带宽负载低于第一门限的节点归类为低负载节点。然后,管理节点在第一节点的同级节点中查找是否存在低负载节点。换言之,管理节点查找同级节点中是否存在至少一个节点的带宽负载小于第一门限。若存在,则将带宽负载小于第一门限的节点归类为低负载节点。管理节点确定同级节点中低负载节点的剩余带宽,剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽。然后,管理节点根据低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。管理节点根据低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置低负载节点的配置带宽。管理节点将低负载节点的剩余带宽,分配给高负载节点,使得高负载节点的配置带宽增加,降低低负载节点的配置带宽。例如:当低负载节点包括节点A和节点B,则低负载节点的剩余带宽之和为节点A的剩余带宽和节点B的剩余带宽之和。When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers the first node to be a high-load node. In this embodiment of the present application, nodes whose bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold are classified as high-load nodes, and nodes whose bandwidth load is lower than the first threshold are classified as low-load nodes. The management node then searches for the existence of a low-load node among the first node's sibling nodes. In other words, the management node searches whether there is at least one node among peer nodes whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold. If it exists, the node whose bandwidth load is less than the first threshold is classified as a low-load node. The management node determines the remaining bandwidth of low-load nodes among peer nodes. The remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes. The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the low-load node based on the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. The management node allocates the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node to the high-load node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the high-load node increases and the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node decreases. For example: when the low-load node includes node A and node B, the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node is the sum of the remaining bandwidth of node A and the remaining bandwidth of node B.
具体如下:管理节点获取第一节点的需求带宽,该需求带宽指示节点请求管理节点分配的带宽。The details are as follows: the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node.
其次,管理节点获取第一节点和同级节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,然后确定该高负载节点的需求带宽之和,高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限。例如:第二节点的下一级节点包括:第一节点(节点A)、节点B和节点C,其中,节点A为高负载节点,节点B为高负载节点,节点C为低负载节点。则高负载节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽加上节点B的需求带宽。Secondly, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the first node and the peer node, and then determines the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node. The bandwidth load of the high-load node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. For example, the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C. Among them, node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a low-load node. Then the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
再次,管理节点确定第一带宽比例,第一带宽比例为第一节点的需求带宽与高负载节 点的需求带宽之和的比值。例如:第一带宽比例=节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽)。Again, the management node determines the first bandwidth ratio, which is the required bandwidth of the first node and the high load saving ratio. The ratio of the sum of the required bandwidths of the points. For example: first bandwidth ratio = required bandwidth of node A/(required bandwidth of node A + required bandwidth of node B).
再次,管理节点根据第一带宽比例和低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。具体的,将低负载节点的配置带宽减少,减少的部分带宽分配给第一节点,使得第一节点的配置带宽增加。Again, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. Specifically, the configuration bandwidth of the low-load node is reduced, and part of the reduced bandwidth is allocated to the first node, so that the configuration bandwidth of the first node is increased.
关于重新配置第一节点的配置带宽:Regarding reconfiguring the configured bandwidth of the first node:
一种可能的实现方式为:重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽=第一带宽比例*低负载节点的剩余带宽之和。One possible implementation method is: the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration = the first bandwidth ratio * the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes.
又一种可能的实现方式为:重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽=第一带宽比例*低负载节点的剩余带宽之和*调整步进。调整步进为小于1且大于0的小数。通过设置调整步进,可以避免剩余的低负载节点的配置带宽降低过多,而导致低负载节点在较低业务压力情况下变为高负载节点,影响业务正常运行。Another possible implementation method is: the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration = first bandwidth ratio * sum of remaining bandwidths of low-load nodes * adjustment step. Adjust the step to a decimal number less than 1 and greater than 0. By setting the adjustment step, you can prevent the configuration bandwidth of the remaining low-load nodes from being reduced too much, causing the low-load nodes to become high-load nodes under low business pressure, affecting the normal operation of the business.
可选的,节点的剩余带宽可以是以下两个值中的最小值:1、该节点的配置带宽减去该节点的带宽负载;2、该节点的配置带宽减去该节点的保护带宽。Optionally, the remaining bandwidth of a node can be the minimum of the following two values: 1. The configured bandwidth of the node minus the bandwidth load of the node; 2. The configured bandwidth of the node minus the protection bandwidth of the node.
BB、当同级节点不包括低负载节点。BB. When the peer nodes do not include low-load nodes.
当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,且,第一节点的同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限时,管理节点认为第一节点和它的同级节点均为高负载节点。管理节点为了实现第一节点和同级节点的负载均衡,触发对第一节点和同级节点的配置带宽重分配,具体如下:When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the bandwidth load of all nodes among the first node's sibling nodes is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node considers that the first node and its sibling nodes are equal. For high load nodes. In order to achieve load balancing between the first node and the peer nodes, the management node triggers the reallocation of the configured bandwidth of the first node and peer nodes, as follows:
首先,管理节点获取第一节点的需求带宽、同级节点(也就是第一节点的同级节点)的需求带宽和第二节点的需求带宽,剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽。First, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, the required bandwidth of the peer node (that is, the peer node of the first node), and the required bandwidth of the second node. The remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node.
然后,管理节点确定第二带宽比例,第二带宽比例为第一节点的需求带宽与同级节点的需求带宽之和的比例。然后,管理节点根据第二带宽比例和第二节点的剩余带宽,重新配置第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽等于第二带宽比例与第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。Then, the management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, and the second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node. Then, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the second node, where the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node product of .
示例性的,第二节点的下一级节点包括:第一节点(节点A)、节点B和节点C,其中,节点A为高负载节点,节点B为高负载节点,节点C为高负载节点。Exemplarily, the next-level nodes of the second node include: the first node (node A), node B, and node C, where node A is a high-load node, node B is a high-load node, and node C is a high-load node. .
则高负载节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽加上节点B的需求带宽。Then the sum of the required bandwidth of high-load nodes is: the required bandwidth of node A plus the required bandwidth of node B.
所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和为:节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽。The sum of the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node is: the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C.
第二带宽比例为:节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽)。The second bandwidth ratio is: node A's required bandwidth/(node A's required bandwidth+node B's required bandwidth+node C's required bandwidth).
重新配置后的第一节点的配置带宽为:第二节点的剩余带宽*节点A的需求带宽/(节点A的需求带宽+节点B的需求带宽+节点C的需求带宽)。The configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is: the remaining bandwidth of the second node * the required bandwidth of node A / (the required bandwidth of node A + the required bandwidth of node B + the required bandwidth of node C).
关于第一门限,一种可能的实现方式为,第一门限与步骤701中的第二门限一致。这种情况下,第一节点检测自身的带宽负载,当第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限(也就是第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第二门限)时,第一节点向管理节点上报自身的带宽 负载。由管理节点触发重新配置第一节点的配置带宽。通过该方法,可以降低管理节点与第一节点之间的通信资源开销。Regarding the first threshold, a possible implementation manner is that the first threshold is consistent with the second threshold in step 701. In this case, the first node detects its own bandwidth load. When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold (that is, the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the second threshold), the first node reports to the management Node reports its own bandwidth load. The management node triggers reconfiguration of the configured bandwidth of the first node. Through this method, the communication resource overhead between the management node and the first node can be reduced.
进一步的,若第一节点还包括下一级节点,则下一级节点如下方法重新配置配置带宽。最终实现从第一节点至边缘节点的配置带宽重分配。例如:以图8为例,当第一节点为汇聚节点B时。汇聚节点B完成配置带宽的重新配置后,汇聚节点B的下一级节点:边缘节点A和边缘节点B根据各自的需求带宽,重新配置配置带宽。重新配置的边缘节点A的配置带宽=重新配置的汇聚节点B的配置带宽*边缘节点A的需求带宽/(边缘节点A的需求带宽+边缘节点B的需求带宽);重新配置的边缘节点B的配置带宽=重新配置的汇聚节点B的配置带宽*边缘节点B的需求带宽/(边缘节点A的需求带宽+边缘节点B的需求带宽)。Further, if the first node also includes a lower-level node, the lower-level node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth in the following method. Finally, the configuration bandwidth is reallocated from the first node to the edge node. For example: Take Figure 8 as an example, when the first node is the convergence node B. After convergence node B completes the reconfiguration of the configuration bandwidth, the next-level nodes of convergence node B: edge node A and edge node B reconfigure the configuration bandwidth according to their respective required bandwidths. The configured bandwidth of the reconfigured edge node A = the configured bandwidth of the reconfigured aggregation node B * the required bandwidth of edge node A / (the required bandwidth of edge node A + the required bandwidth of edge node B); the reconfigured edge node B Configuration bandwidth = configured bandwidth of reconfigured aggregation node B * required bandwidth of edge node B / (required bandwidth of edge node A + required bandwidth of edge node B).
本申请实施例中,管理节点通过动态调整第一网络中各个节点的配置带宽,降低边缘节点因为突发业务导致发生丢包的概率,提升链路利用率,优化网络质量,降低丢包率和时延。减少对汇聚节点的缓存空间要求。此外,还可以优化第一网络中各个汇聚节点的负载,实现负载均衡。In the embodiment of this application, the management node dynamically adjusts the configuration bandwidth of each node in the first network to reduce the probability of packet loss at the edge node due to sudden traffic, improve link utilization, optimize network quality, and reduce packet loss rate and time delay. Reduce cache space requirements on sink nodes. In addition, the load of each aggregation node in the first network can also be optimized to achieve load balancing.
上述主要以方法的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的模块及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of methods. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the modules and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
图9为本申请实施例中的通信装置的硬件结构一个示意图。如图9所示,该通信装置可以包括:Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the communication device may include:
该通信装置包括至少一个处理器901,通信线路907,存储器903以及至少一个通信接口904。The communication device includes at least one processor 901, a communication line 907, a memory 903 and at least one communication interface 904.
处理器901可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,服务端IC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 901 can be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (server IC), or one or more programs for controlling the solution of this application. implemented integrated circuit.
通信线路907可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。Communication line 907 may include a path that carries information between the above-mentioned components.
通信接口904,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他装置或通信网络通信,如以太网等。The communication interface 904 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet.
存储器903可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储装置,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储装置,存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路907与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 903 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory (RAM)) or other type that can store information and instructions. As a dynamic storage device, the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through a communication line 907. Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器903用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器901来控制执行。处理器901用于执行存储器903中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的基于应用层业务优化ALTO协议的通信方法。 Among them, the memory 903 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 901 for execution. The processor 901 is configured to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 903, thereby implementing the communication method based on the application layer service optimization ALTO protocol provided by the above embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置可以包括多个处理器,例如图9中的处理器901和处理器902。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个装置、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device may include multiple processors, such as the processor 901 and the processor 902 in FIG. 9 . Each of these processors may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor. A processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置还可以包括输出装置905和输入装置906。输出装置905和处理器901通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。输入装置906和处理器901通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入装置906可以是鼠标、触摸屏装置或传感装置等。In specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device may also include an output device 905 and an input device 906. The output device 905 communicates with the processor 901 and can display information in a variety of ways. The input device 906 communicates with the processor 901 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 906 may be a mouse, a touch screen device, a sensing device, or the like.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信装置中,处理器902可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器902可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。When the communication device is a terminal device, in the communication device, the processor 902 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 902 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor. Processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), image signal processor (ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/ Or neural network processing unit (NPU), etc. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是通信装置900的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the communication device 900 . The controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器902中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器902中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器902刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器902需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器902的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 902 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 902 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 902 . If the processor 902 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 902 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器902可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I1C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I1S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 902 may include one or more interfaces. Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I1C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I1S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对通信装置900的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,通信装置900也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationships between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application are only schematic illustrations and do not constitute a structural limitation on the communication device 900 . In other embodiments of the present application, the communication device 900 may also adopt different interface connection methods in the above embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
通信装置900的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块,无线通信模块,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the communication device 900 can be implemented through the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module, the wireless communication module, the modem processor and the baseband processor, etc.
在一些可行的实施方式中,通信装置900可以使用无线通信功能和其他设备通信。In some possible implementations, the communication device 900 can use wireless communication functions to communicate with other devices.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。通信装置900中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线 1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in communication device 900 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: the antenna can be 1 is multiplexed as a diversity antenna for wireless LAN. In other embodiments, antennas may be used in conjunction with tuning switches.
移动通信模块可以提供应用在通信装置900上的包括1G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器902中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器902的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module can provide wireless communication solutions including 1G/3G/4G/5G applied on the communication device 900 . The mobile communication module may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), etc. The mobile communication module can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, perform filtering, amplification and other processing on the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module may be provided in the processor 902. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 902 .
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器,受话器等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器902,与移动通信模块或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to speakers, receivers, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 902 and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module or other functional modules.
通信装置900通过GPU,显示屏,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器902可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The communication device 900 implements display functions through a GPU, a display screen, an application processor, and the like. GPU is an image processing microprocessor that connects the display and application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 902 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
外部存储器接口可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展通信装置900的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口与处理器902通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the communication device 900. The external memory card communicates with the processor 902 through the external memory interface to implement the data storage function. Such as saving music, videos, etc. files in external memory card.
内部存储器可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器902通过运行存储在内部存储器的指令,从而执行通信装置900的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储通信装置900使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。Internal memory may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The processor 902 executes instructions stored in the internal memory to execute various functional applications and data processing of the communication device 900 . Internal memory may include a program storage area and a data storage area. Among them, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required for a function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.). The storage data area may store data created during use of the communication device 900 (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). In addition, the internal memory may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), etc.
上述的通信装置可以是一个通用装置或者是一个专用装置。在具体实现中,通信装置可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务端、无线终端装置、嵌入式装置或有图9中类似结构的装置。本申请实施例不限定通信装置的类型。该通信装置,既可以是云端的服务端,也可以是终端设备,此处不作限制。The above-mentioned communication device may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device. In a specific implementation, the communication device may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a device with a similar structure as shown in FIG. 9 . The embodiments of the present application do not limit the type of communication device. The communication device can be either a cloud server or a terminal device, and is not limited here.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对通信装置900的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,通信装置900可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the communication device 900 . In other embodiments of the present application, the communication device 900 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figures, or some components may be combined, some components may be separated, or some components may be arranged differently. The components illustrated may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对通信装置(包括管理节点或者第一节点)进行 功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can perform operations on the communication device (including the management node or the first node) according to the above method examples. The division of functional modules, for example, can be divided into functional modules corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
下面对本申请中的通信装置进行详细描述,请参阅图10,图10为本申请实施例中通信装置1000的一种实施例示意图。The communication device in the present application will be described in detail below. Please refer to FIG. 10 . FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1000 in the embodiment of the present application.
一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置1000用作管理节点,通信装置1000包括:In a possible implementation, the communication device 1000 is used as a management node, and the communication device 1000 includes:
收发模块1001,用于获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;The transceiver module 1001 is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of a first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the convergence nodes or any one included in the first network. The edge node;
处理模块1002,用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The processing module 1002 is configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the first-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块1002,具体用于当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold. The load node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块1001,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
所述收发模块1001,具体用于获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;The transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
所述处理模块1002,具体用于确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module 1002 is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
所述处理模块1002,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio and the sum of the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块1002,还用于根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1002 is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块1002,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, Wherein, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块1001,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1001 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
所述收发模块1001,具体用于当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述 第一门限时,获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;The transceiver module 1001 is specifically used when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the same level node is greater than or equal to the At the first threshold, obtain the required bandwidth of each of the peer node and the first node and the remaining bandwidth of the second node;
所述处理模块1002,具体用于所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module 1002 is specifically used by the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio. The second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
所述处理模块1002,具体用于根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The processing module 1002 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the first node The upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块1001,还用于获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1001 is also used to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, so The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
所述收发模块1001,还用于根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The transceiver module 1001 is also configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node ,
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio. The product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块1001,还用于向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1001 is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块1002,还用于根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息, 所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1002 is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information. capability information, The network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块1001,还用于向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1001 is also configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;In a possible implementation, when the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node;
或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。In a possible implementation, the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
请参阅图11,图11为本申请实施例中通信装置1100的一种实施例示意图。通信装置1100包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器包括指令,处理器用于执行前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1100 in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 includes a memory and a processor, wherein the memory includes instructions, and the processor is configured to execute any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置1100用作管理节点,通信装置1100包括:存储器1101和处理器1102,其中,存储器包括指令;处理器用于执行前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。In a possible implementation, the communication device 1100 is used as a management node. The communication device 1100 includes: a memory 1101 and a processor 1102, where the memory includes instructions; and the processor is configured to execute any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
在一种可能的实现方式中,示例性的,处理器1102,用于获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;In a possible implementation, for example, the processor 1102 is configured to obtain the bandwidth load of the first node, the bandwidth load indicating the ratio of the currently used bandwidth and the configured bandwidth, and the first node is the first node. Any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in a network;
处理器1102,还用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The processor 1102 is also configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,具体用于当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold. The load node belongs to the peer node, the bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, where the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
所述处理器1102,具体用于获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;The processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, wherein the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
所述处理器1102,具体用于确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processor 1102 is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
所述处理器1102,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之 和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processor 1102 is specifically configured to perform the processing according to the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node. and, reconfiguring the configured bandwidth of the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,还用于根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is further configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, Wherein, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
所述处理器1102,具体用于当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;The processor 1102 is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes in the peer node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. and the remaining bandwidth of the second node;
所述处理器1102,具体用于所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processor 1102 is specifically used by the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio. The second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
所述处理器1102,具体用于根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The processor 1102 is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the first node The upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,还用于获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is also configured to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node, so The second node is the upper-level node of the first node,
所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
所述处理器1102,还用于根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processor 1102 is further configured to configure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node ,
或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio. The product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,还用于向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is also configured to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护 带宽;In a possible implementation, the communication capability information of the second node includes: protection of the second node bandwidth;
当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,还用于根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability of the peer node according to the network topology information. Capability information, the network topology information is obtained by the management node through bandwidth detection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1102,还用于向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,In a possible implementation, the processor 1102 is further configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;In a possible implementation, when the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the aggregation node;
或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。In a possible implementation, the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes in the first network, and/or at any one or more of the convergence nodes.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的通信装置,例如可以是交换机、路由器等网络设备,也可以是网络设备上的一部分组件,例如是网络设备上的单板,线卡,还可以是网络设备上的一个功能模块,还可以是用于实现本申请方法的芯片,本申请实施例不做具体限定。当通信装置是芯片时,用于实现方法的收发模块例如可以是芯片的接口电路,处理模块可以是芯片中具有处理功能的处理电路。通信装置之间例如可以但不限于通过以太网线或光缆直接连接。It should be noted that the communication devices mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be, for example, network equipment such as switches and routers, or may be part of the components on the network equipment, such as single boards or line cards on the network equipment. They may also be It is a functional module on the network device, and may also be a chip used to implement the method of the present application, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. When the communication device is a chip, the transceiver module used to implement the method may be, for example, an interface circuit of the chip, and the processing module may be a processing circuit with a processing function in the chip. The communication devices may be directly connected through, but not limited to, Ethernet cables or optical cables.
在一些可能的实施例中,上述通信装置(例如管理节点和/或第一节点)可以实现为虚拟化设备。虚拟化设备可以是运行有用于发送报文功能的程序的虚拟机(virtual machine,VM),虚拟路由器或虚拟交换机。虚拟化设备部署在硬件设备上(例如,物理服务器)。例如,可以基于通用的物理服务器结合网络功能虚拟化(network functions virtualization,NFV)技术来实现管理节点。In some possible embodiments, the above communication device (eg, management node and/or first node) may be implemented as a virtualization device. The virtualization device may be a virtual machine (VM), a virtual router or a virtual switch running a program for sending packets. Virtualization appliances are deployed on hardware devices (e.g., physical servers). For example, management nodes can be implemented based on general-purpose physical servers combined with network functions virtualization (NFV) technology.
应理解,上述各种产品形态的通信装置,分别具有上述方法实施例中管理节点和/或第一节点)的任意功能,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the above-mentioned communication devices in various product forms have any functions of the management node and/or the first node) in the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括:通信接口;与所述通信接口连接的处理器,基于所述通信接口和所述处理器。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which includes: a communication interface; and a processor connected to the communication interface, based on the communication interface and the processor.
一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置用于管理节点,使得所述通信装置执行如前述图6~图8示意的实施例中的方法。 In a possible implementation, the communication device is used to manage a node, so that the communication device executes the method in the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 6 to 8 .
另一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置用于第一节点,使得所述通信装置执行如前述图6~图8示意的实施例中的方法。In another possible implementation, the communication device is used in the first node, so that the communication device performs the method in the embodiments illustrated in FIGS. 6 to 8 .
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括前述实施例中的管理节点。该通信系统用于执行前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the management node in the foregoing embodiment. The communication system is used to perform any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括前述实施例中的管理节点和第一节点。该通信系统用于执行前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the management node and the first node in the previous embodiment. The communication system is used to perform any of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供的一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the implementation methods shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得芯片执行如前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a memory and a processor. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the chip executes any one of the implementations shown in the foregoing method embodiments. Way.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括处理器,处理器用于调用并运行计算机程序,使得芯片执行如前述方法实施例所示任一项实现方式。Embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a processor. The processor is configured to call and run a computer program, so that the chip executes any of the implementation methods shown in the foregoing method embodiments.
另外需说明的是,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,其中作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现本实施例方案的目的。另外,本申请提供的装置实施例附图中,模块之间的连接关系表示它们之间具有通信连接,具体可以实现为一条或多条通信总线或信号线。In addition, it should be noted that the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units. , that is, it can be located in one place, or it can be distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment. In addition, in the drawings of the device embodiments provided in this application, the connection relationship between modules indicates that there are communication connections between them, which can be specifically implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过专用硬件包括专用集成电路、专用CPU、专用存储器、专用元器件等来实现。一般情况下,凡由计算机程序完成的功能都可以很容易地用相应的硬件来实现,而且,用来实现同一功能的具体硬件结构也可以是多种多样的,例如模拟电路、数字电路或专用电路等。但是,对本申请而言更多情况下软件程序实现是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中,如计算机的软盘、U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备执行本申请各个实施例的方法。Through the above description of the embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by dedicated hardware including dedicated integrated circuits, dedicated CPUs, dedicated memories, Special components, etc. to achieve. In general, all functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with corresponding hardware. Moreover, the specific hardware structures used to implement the same function can also be diverse, such as analog circuits, digital circuits or special-purpose circuits. circuit etc. However, for this application, software program implementation is a better implementation in most cases. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or that contributes to the existing technology. The computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk. , U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to cause a computer device to execute the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、网络装置、计算设备或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、 计算机、网络装置、计算设备或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的网络装置、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, network device, computing device, or data center To another website, Computer, network device, computing equipment or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can store, or a data storage device such as a network device or a data center integrated with one or more available media. Available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (Solid State Disk, SSD)), etc.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的一个或多个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It will be understood that reference throughout this specification to "one embodiment" or "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic associated with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application. Thus, the appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各示例的组成及步骤。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both. In order to clearly illustrate the relationship between hardware and software Interchangeability, in the above description, the composition and steps of each example have been generally described according to functions. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated. to another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。A unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate. A component shown as a unit may or may not be a physical unit, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。Integrated units may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
总之,以上仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请 的保护范围之内。 In short, the above are only preferred embodiments of the technical solution of the present application, and are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of this application shall be included in this application. within the scope of protection.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种带宽调整方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一网络,所述第一网络包括:至少一个汇聚节点和至少一个边缘节点,其中,所述汇聚节点用于转发所述边缘节点的数据,所述方法包括:A bandwidth adjustment method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first network, the first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used to forward the edge node's Data, the methods include:
    管理节点获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;The management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, which indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes or any one of the edge nodes included in the first network. ;
    当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node in the first network. The upper-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node and is the second node.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点根据所述同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
    当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,所述管理节点确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;When the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold, the management node determines the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, which belongs to the peer node, and the low-load node The bandwidth load is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
    所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
    所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;The management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
    所述管理节点获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;The management node obtains the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer node and the first node, and determines the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load nodes, wherein the bandwidth load of the high-load node is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述管理节点确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The management node determines a first bandwidth ratio, where the first bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the sum of the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
    所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node, including:
    所述管理节点根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新 配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。The management node re-calculates the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step. Configuring the configured bandwidth of the first node, wherein the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, including:
    所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The management node obtains the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
    当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,所述管理节点获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;When the bandwidth load of all nodes in the peer node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the management node obtains the required bandwidth of each node in the peer node and the first node and the second The remaining bandwidth of the node;
    所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The management node determines a second bandwidth ratio, where the second bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the peer node and each of the first nodes;
    所述管理节点根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, wherein the second node is a superior node of the first node , the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点获取所述第一节点的带宽负载之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, characterized in that before the management node obtains the bandwidth load of the first node, the method further includes:
    所述管理节点获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,The management node obtains the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. The second node is a superior level of the first node. node,
    所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
    所述管理节点根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 7, characterized in that:
    所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;The communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
    当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the required bandwidth,
    或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the sum of the third bandwidth ratio The product of the configured bandwidth of the second node, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述管理节点向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。 The management node reconfigures the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that:
    所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;The communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
    当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
    或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  11. 根据权利要求7-10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 7-10, characterized in that the management node obtains the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node and the communication capability information of the peer node. Communication capability information, including:
    所述管理节点根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。The management node determines the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node and the communication capability information of the peer node according to the network topology information. The network topology information is the communication capability information of the management node through Obtained through bandwidth detection.
  12. 根据权利要求1-11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述管理节点向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,The management node configures the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
    所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
    所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 12, characterized in that:
    当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;When the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the convergence node;
    或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。The method according to claim 13, characterized in that the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes and/or any one or more of the convergence nodes in the first network.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    收发模块,用于获取第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;A transceiver module configured to obtain the bandwidth load of a first node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the convergence nodes or any one of the first nodes included in the first network. The edge node;
    处理模块,用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,根据同级节点的带宽负载,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。 A processing module configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the bandwidth load of the peer node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The peer node in the first network The upper-level node of the node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 15, characterized in that:
    所述处理模块,具体用于当所述同级节点中至少一个节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限时,确定低负载节点的剩余带宽,所述低负载节点属于所述同级节点,所述低负载节点的带宽负载小于所述第一门限,所述剩余带宽指示当前节点已分配且未使用的带宽;The processing module is specifically configured to determine the remaining bandwidth of a low-load node when the bandwidth load of at least one node among the peer nodes is less than the first threshold, and the low-load node belongs to the peer node, so The bandwidth load of the low-load node is less than the first threshold, and the remaining bandwidth indicates the allocated and unused bandwidth of the current node;
    所述管理节点根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽大于重新配置前的所述第一节点的配置带宽。The management node reconfigures the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the remaining bandwidths of the low-load nodes, and the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is greater than that of the first node before reconfiguration. Configure bandwidth.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求所述管理节点分配的带宽;The transceiver module is specifically used to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node, and the required bandwidth indicates that the node requests the bandwidth allocated by the management node;
    所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中所有高负载节点的需求带宽,并确定所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和,其中,所述高负载节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限;The transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of all high-load nodes among the peer nodes and the first node, and determine the sum of the required bandwidths of the high-load nodes, where the high-load node The bandwidth load is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    所述处理模块,具体用于确定第一带宽比例,所述第一带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述高负载节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module is specifically configured to determine a first bandwidth ratio, which is the ratio of the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the high-load node;
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例,和所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the sum of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 17, characterized in that:
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述低负载节点的剩余带宽之和,重新配置所述低负载节点的配置带宽。The processing module is also configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the low-load node according to the sum of remaining bandwidths of the low-load node.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that:
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第一带宽比例、所述低负载节点的剩余带宽和调整步进,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽小于所述第一带宽比例与所述低负载节点的剩余带宽的乘积。The processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the first bandwidth ratio, the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node and the adjustment step, wherein the reconfigured first node The configured bandwidth of the node is less than the product of the first bandwidth ratio and the remaining bandwidth of the low-load node.
  20. 根据权利要求15-19中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 15-19, characterized in that,
    所述收发模块,具体用于获取所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的需求带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated;
    所述收发模块,具体用于当所述同级节点中所有节点的带宽负载大于或等于所述第一门限时,获取所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽和所述第二节点的剩余带宽;The transceiver module is specifically configured to obtain the required bandwidth sum of each node among the peer nodes and the first node when the bandwidth load of all nodes among the peers is greater than or equal to the first threshold. The remaining bandwidth of the second node;
    所述处理模块,具体用于所述管理节点确定第二带宽比例,所述第二带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述同级节点和所述第一节点中每一个节点的需求带宽之和的比值;The processing module is specifically configured for the management node to determine a second bandwidth ratio. The second bandwidth ratio is the required bandwidth of the first node and the bandwidth of each node among the peer node and the first node. The ratio of the sum of required bandwidths;
    所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述第二带宽比例和所述第二节点的需求带宽,重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点,重新配置后的所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第二带宽比例与所述第二节点的需求带宽的乘积。The processing module is specifically configured to reconfigure the configured bandwidth of the first node according to the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node, where the second node is the bandwidth of the first node. For an upper-level node, the configured bandwidth of the first node after reconfiguration is equal to the product of the second bandwidth ratio and the required bandwidth of the second node.
  21. 根据权利要求15-20中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 15-20, characterized in that,
    所述收发模块,还用于获取所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述第二节点为所述第一节点的上一级节点, The transceiver module is also used to obtain the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node. The second node is the first node. The upper level node of
    所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽;The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum supported bandwidth of the node, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the node's minimum required bandwidth. Request allocated bandwidth;
    所述收发模块,还用于根据所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,配置所述第一节点的配置带宽。The transceiver module is further configured to configure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node, and the communication capability information of the peer node.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 21, characterized in that:
    所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的配置带宽;The communication capability information of the second node includes: the configured bandwidth of the second node;
    当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于所述第一节点的需求带宽,When the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the required bandwidth of the first node ,
    或者,当所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和大于所述第二节点的配置带宽时,所述第一节点的配置带宽等于第三带宽比例和所述第二节点的配置带宽的乘积,所述第三带宽比例为所述第一节点的需求带宽与所述第一节点的需求带宽和所述同级节点的需求带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the configured bandwidth of the second node, the configured bandwidth of the first node is equal to the third bandwidth ratio and the third bandwidth ratio. The product of the configured bandwidth of the two nodes, the third bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the required bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the required bandwidth of the first node and the required bandwidth of the peer node.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述第一节点重新配置保护带宽。The transceiver module is also used to reconfigure the protection bandwidth to the first node.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 23, characterized in that:
    所述第二节点的通信能力信息包括:所述第二节点的保护带宽;The communication capability information of the second node includes: the protection bandwidth of the second node;
    当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和小于或等于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于所述第一节点的保护带宽,When the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is less than or equal to the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the first node the protection bandwidth,
    或者,当所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和大于所述第二节点的保护带宽时,重新配置的所述第一节点的保护带宽等于第四带宽比例和所述第二节点的保护带宽的乘积,其中,所述第四带宽比例为所述第一节点的保护带宽与所述第一节点的保护带宽和所述同级节点的保护带宽之和的比值。Or, when the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node is greater than the protection bandwidth of the second node, the reconfigured protection bandwidth of the first node is equal to the fourth bandwidth ratio sum The product of the protection bandwidth of the second node, wherein the fourth bandwidth ratio is the ratio of the protection bandwidth of the first node to the sum of the protection bandwidth of the first node and the protection bandwidth of the peer node .
  25. 根据权利要求21-24中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 21-24, characterized in that:
    所述处理模块,还用于根据网络拓扑信息确定所述第二节点的通信能力信息、所述第一节点的通信能力信息和所述同级节点的通信能力信息,所述网络拓扑信息为所述管理节点通过带宽检测方式获得。The processing module is further configured to determine the communication capability information of the second node, the communication capability information of the first node and the communication capability information of the peer node according to the network topology information, where the network topology information is The above management nodes are obtained through bandwidth detection.
  26. 根据权利要求15-25中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 15-25, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述第一节点配置所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,The transceiver module is also configured to configure the first threshold, bandwidth adjustment period and/or reporting period to the first node, wherein,
    所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node,
    所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 26, characterized in that:
    当所述第一节点为所述边缘节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者所述汇聚节点;When the first node is the edge node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or the convergence node;
    或者,当所述第一节点为所述汇聚节点时,所述第二节点属于所述第一网络的服务器或者其他的所述汇聚节点。 Or, when the first node is the sink node, the second node belongs to the server of the first network or other sink nodes.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述管理节点部署于所述第一网络中任一个或多个所述边缘节点,和/或,任一个或多个所述汇聚节点。The communication device according to claim 27, wherein the management node is deployed at any one or more of the edge nodes and/or any one or more of the convergence nodes in the first network.
  29. 一种通信装置,用作管理节点,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device used as a management node, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    存储器,包括指令;memory, including instructions;
    处理器,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,使得所述通信装置实现权利要求1至14中任一所述的方法。A processor, when the processor executes the instructions, causes the communication device to implement the method described in any one of claims 1 to 14.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如权利要求1至14中任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium with a computer program stored thereon, characterized in that when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 14 is implemented.
  31. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 14 is implemented.
  32. 一种带宽调整方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一网络,所述第一网络包括:至少一个汇聚节点和至少一个边缘节点,其中,所述汇聚节点用于转发所述边缘节点的数据,包括:A bandwidth adjustment method, characterized in that the method is applied to a first network, the first network includes: at least one convergence node and at least one edge node, wherein the convergence node is used to forward the edge node's Data, including:
    第一节点向管理节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点;The first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node. The bandwidth load indicates the ratio of the currently used bandwidth to the configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network or any of the edge nodes;
    当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述第一节点接收所述管理节点的第一配置信息;When the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the first node receives the first configuration information of the management node;
    所述第一节点根据所述第一配置信息重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽根据同级节点的带宽负载确定,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。The first node reconfigures the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, further comprising:
    所述第一节点向所述管理节点发送所述第一节点的通信能力信息,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。The first node sends the communication capability information of the first node to the management node. The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the maximum support of the node. Bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 32 or 33, characterized in that, the method further includes:
    所述第一节点接收来自所述管理节点的第二配置信息;The first node receives second configuration information from the management node;
    所述第一节点根据所述第二配置信息重新配置保护带宽。The first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
  35. 根据权利要求32-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 32-34, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述第一节点接收来自所述管理节点的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The first node receives third configuration information from the management node, and the third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, wherein: The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    收发模块,用于向管理节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载,所述带宽负载指示当前使用带宽和配置带宽的比例,所述第一节点为所述第一网络包括的任一个所述汇聚节点或者任一个所述边缘节点; A transceiver module configured to report the bandwidth load of the first node to the management node, where the bandwidth load indicates the ratio of currently used bandwidth to configured bandwidth. The first node is any one of the aggregation nodes included in the first network. node or any of the edge nodes;
    所述收发模块,还用于当所述第一节点的带宽负载大于或等于第一门限,所述第一节点接收所述管理节点的第一配置信息;The transceiver module is also configured to receive the first configuration information of the management node when the bandwidth load of the first node is greater than or equal to the first threshold;
    处理模块,用于根据所述第一配置信息重新配置所述第一节点的配置带宽,其中,重新配置的所述第一节点的配置带宽根据同级节点的带宽负载确定,所述第一网络中所述同级节点的上一级节点与所述第一节点的上一级节点相同为第二节点。A processing module configured to reconfigure the configuration bandwidth of the first node according to the first configuration information, wherein the reconfigured configuration bandwidth of the first node is determined according to the bandwidth load of the peer node, and the first network The upper-level node of the same-level node is the same as the upper-level node of the first node, which is the second node.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 36, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,还用于向所述管理节点发送所述第一节点的通信能力信息,所述通信能力信息包括以下一项或多项信息:节点的保护带宽、节点的需求带宽、或者节点的最大支持带宽,其中,所述保护带宽指示节点最低需求的带宽,所述需求带宽指示节点请求分配的带宽。The transceiver module is also configured to send the communication capability information of the first node to the management node. The communication capability information includes one or more of the following information: the protection bandwidth of the node, the required bandwidth of the node, or the node's required bandwidth. The maximum supported bandwidth, wherein the protection bandwidth indicates the minimum required bandwidth of the node, and the required bandwidth indicates the bandwidth requested by the node to be allocated.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 36 or 37, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第二配置信息;所述第一节点根据所述第二配置信息重新配置保护带宽。The transceiver module is also configured to receive second configuration information from the management node; the first node reconfigures the protection bandwidth according to the second configuration information.
  39. 根据权利要求36-38中任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 36-38, characterized in that:
    所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述管理节点的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息包括以下一项或多项信息:所述第一门限、带宽调整周期和/或上报周期,其中,所述上报周期指示所述第一节点上报所述第一节点的带宽负载的周期,所述带宽调整周期指示所述第一节点调整所述第一节点的配置带宽的周期。The transceiver module is also configured to receive third configuration information from the management node. The third configuration information includes one or more of the following information: the first threshold, the bandwidth adjustment period and/or the reporting period, The reporting period indicates a period in which the first node reports the bandwidth load of the first node, and the bandwidth adjustment period indicates a period in which the first node adjusts the configured bandwidth of the first node.
  40. 一种通信装置,用作管理节点,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device used as a management node, characterized in that the communication device includes:
    存储器,包括指令;memory, including instructions;
    处理器,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,使得所述通信装置实现权利要求32至35中任一所述的方法。A processor, when the processor executes the instructions, causes the communication device to implement the method of any one of claims 32 to 35.
  41. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如权利要求32至35中任一所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium with a computer program stored thereon, characterized in that when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method as described in any one of claims 32 to 35 is implemented.
  42. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 32 to 35 is implemented.
  43. 一种通信系统,包括权利要求15至29任一项所述的通信装置,和权利要求36至39任一项所述的通信装置。 A communication system includes the communication device according to any one of claims 15 to 29, and the communication device according to any one of claims 36 to 39.
PCT/CN2023/100076 2022-06-16 2023-06-14 Bandwidth adjustment method and related apparatus WO2023241600A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210681426.2 2022-06-16
CN202210681426.2A CN117294599A (en) 2022-06-16 2022-06-16 Bandwidth adjustment method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023241600A1 true WO2023241600A1 (en) 2023-12-21

Family

ID=89192301

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/100076 WO2023241600A1 (en) 2022-06-16 2023-06-14 Bandwidth adjustment method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117294599A (en)
WO (1) WO2023241600A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2509045A1 (en) * 2001-09-10 2003-03-10 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Dynamic bandwidth allocation circuit, dynamic bandwidth allocation method, optical network unit, pon system, and dynamic bandwidth allocation program and recording medium
CN101102275A (en) * 2007-06-25 2008-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for multi-level dispatching on Ethernet switching chip
CN108667748A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-16 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method, apparatus and equipment of control bandwidth
CN113727394A (en) * 2021-08-31 2021-11-30 杭州迪普科技股份有限公司 Method and device for realizing shared bandwidth

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2509045A1 (en) * 2001-09-10 2003-03-10 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Dynamic bandwidth allocation circuit, dynamic bandwidth allocation method, optical network unit, pon system, and dynamic bandwidth allocation program and recording medium
CN101102275A (en) * 2007-06-25 2008-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for multi-level dispatching on Ethernet switching chip
CN108667748A (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-16 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method, apparatus and equipment of control bandwidth
CN113727394A (en) * 2021-08-31 2021-11-30 杭州迪普科技股份有限公司 Method and device for realizing shared bandwidth

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117294599A (en) 2023-12-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11564154B2 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program related to information about SCP(s) and SEPP(s) stored in NRF
US10461986B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2019200716A1 (en) Fog computing-oriented node computing task scheduling method and device thereof
WO2022057753A1 (en) Message processing method and related device
AU2021256599B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN109151914B (en) Communication method and access network equipment
US11582143B2 (en) Techniques for policy management of multi-connectivity network protocols
US20230156828A1 (en) Session establishment method and apparatus, system, and computer storage medium
WO2021160113A1 (en) Application example deploying and application example scheduling method and apparatus
Ndao et al. Optimal placement of virtualized DUs in O-RAN architecture
WO2019090829A1 (en) Data duplication control method and related device
US20230254859A1 (en) Downlink Transmission Method and Communication Apparatus
WO2023241600A1 (en) Bandwidth adjustment method and related apparatus
JP2017511094A (en) Method, apparatus and system
WO2020030059A1 (en) Information indicating method and apparatus
CN111418229B (en) Configuration method of data copying transmission function, network equipment and terminal equipment
EP3389324B1 (en) Method and device for dividing resource
US20210368582A1 (en) Wireless data service control over radio bands in a wireless communication network
WO2018094712A1 (en) Wireless access network configuration method, apparatus and system
WO2023231779A1 (en) Communication method based on alto protocol, and related apparatus
WO2021068207A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program
WO2019091225A1 (en) Method for determining frequency-hopping physical resource, user terminal, and network side device
CN108184335A (en) A kind of resource regulating method, apparatus and system
WO2023125124A1 (en) Data exchange method, exchange device, and processing device
CN115426280B (en) Network analysis method and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23823167

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1